Sei sulla pagina 1di 68

HILTON - HAMPTON HOTEL

AL MARJAN ISLAND - RAS AL KHAIMAH - UAE


HILTON - HAMPTON HOTEL
RAS AL KHAIMAH - UAE

SCH E M A TIC D E S IG N R EP O R T
JA N U ARY 2018

DO C U MEN T HIST O RY

Project Number : JT-17039


Document Ref : JT17039-MRRE-D-1101_Rev00

Revision Purpose of Issue Date Revision Description Prepared Reviewed Authorised

0 Schematic Design Report January 2018 For Client’s Approval MC & Design Team MC JT

Notice:

This document has been produced for MRRE, solely for the purpose of Schematic Design for the Hampton by Hilton Hotel.

It may not be used by any person for any purpose other than that specified without the express written permission of JT & Partners (JT+P). Any liability arising out of use by a third party of this document for purposes
not wholly connected with the above shall be responsibility of that party who shall indemnify JT+P against all claims costs damages and losses arising out of such use.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

• INTRODUCTION 11

• DESIGN CRITERIA 26

• LOADS 29

• METHODOLOGY FOR STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 32

• DRAWINGS 35


PURPOSE AND OVERVIEW
This report marks the Architectural Schematic Design & Engineering Basis of Design completion for the Hilton

INTRODUCTION Hampton Hotel. It is the result of extensive teamwork with the objective of meeting the Client’s Design Brief
and requirements. Consultants, whom JT&Partners teamed up with, and contributed to the success of this
phase, are specialized in the following:

• Volume 1 – Architecture
• Volume 2 – Structure
• Volume 3 – MEP & ICT
• Volume 4 – Acoustics
• Volume 5 – FLS
• Volume 6 – Vertical Transportation
• Volume 7 – Landscape
• Volume 8 – Kitchen

The input of the above Consultants is outlined in the following sections of this report. It is fundamental that all
the sections of this report be read for a holistic view of the project.
STRUCTURE
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1. Introduction
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height design
This schematic of building – with
report has any
beenevolution
preparedofto design captured
demonstrate theand co-ordinated
design with
progress made • Implementation of architectural and multi-disciplinary requirements
all second
during this disciplines
phase of design and outlines development of the initial ideas presented • Available local resources and experience / use of local materials
during the concept design phase
• Liaise with Engineer with (EoR)
of Record the aim andof RAK
establishing the terms
municipality of reference
to confirm for the
acceptance • Use of traditional well-proven methods of construction in the UAE
structuralofdesign and to outline
design approach for walls the governing design principles to be adopted in the final
• Application of technological innovations where appropriate
design stage of the project. This includes establishing the basis of design for the project and
• Attend
provides site during
a summary of the the soil investigation
assumptions made and design standards to be adopted in • Lead-time for certain material or construction types (e.g. steelwork)
developing the structural design which
• Review both factual and interpretive soilwill form partreports
of a range of documents that will inform • Suitability for cladding fixtures and other follow-on trades
the multi-disciplinary design for this 4-Star resort hotel development located on Al Marjan Island • Maximising prefabrication and repetition where appropriate
Ascertain
• Al
2 in Ras Khaimah.the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design. • Minimising wet trades
This report captures findings
• Implement the designand development
recommendationsat the end of this
of the soilsschematic design
report in into thephase
design andof • Minimising long lead-in items
has been issued at key stages during
the enabling works and foundations the design process to ensure the multi-disciplinary team • Fire resistance
is informed of the drivers, assumptions and conclusions and design decision that have been • Acoustic performance
• Finalise
developed theeach
during pilingofpackage
the designbased
stages.on the ACES report and recommendations
• Flexibility to incorporate building services requirements
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
This report is at a stage of development where it summarises design option considered and • The effects of vibration and occupancy comfort where large floor spans exist
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
selected for the functional framing and material selection with attention paid to the • Programme – the fastest route to execute the project
architecture,
architectural MEP and
intent, aesthetics landscape
and architecture
the constraints associated with the project. It also identifies • Site access and storage restrictions
the way forward and
• Develop for the design
finalise thesummarising
waterproofing recommendations made to the design team
system for the project
throughout the design process and includes in its conclusion key assumptions that need to be
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
validated during the next phase of the design.
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large A structurally efficient framing system for the global building performance has been
floor plates considered at this stage and has been guided by the considerations outlined above with
Detailed ofstudy of the webasement and ground floor slabs for long-term a design philosophy that aims to optimise structural system as summarised below:
• mid-stage
At this the design have developed the structural concept further byeffects
taking
on board the architectural
(shrinkage / creep / design
thermal)as developed to date. We have helped establish an
• Formulating a structural system that achieves the unique requirements of the
understanding of the of
• Development Client requirements
the structural as for
design expressed in thecanopy
the entrance Architect’s vision for this
project with minimum disruptions to the space planning and functional layout.
project and have explored and developed a range of structural options which will be taken
• Development
forward of the phase
for the final design structural design
of the for the
project roof
and feature
build upon the items summarised • Identifying a safe and buildable construction sequence and methodology that
below:
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof provides flexibility for future needs.
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure • Adopting an optimum structural system to balance structural requirements and
• Design with simplicity and buildability in mind as the scale and nature of the project costs.
already presents and number of challenges particularly with the triple height • Tackle the complexity which a project of this nature presents by developing a
column free space forming the lobby. design that is both simple and highly repetitive in its execution.
• Ensure that the aesthetic of the finished product is achieved. • To identify structural solutions that minimise large and undesirable movements
• Economy of construction and which are compatible with the ground the structures are bearing on.
• Streamlining the construction process
• Client’s preference

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
1
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
11
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For
This the evaluation
4-Star Hamptonsofby theHilton
structural
hotel response and performance
development is located on of the structures
a plot situated onunder
the
beachfront
gravity, windofand
Al Marjan Island loads,
earthquake 2 on plot 2.C.003 and will structural
three-dimensional consist of finite
12 levels overall
element including
models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
one basement level + ground floor + 9 storey floors + roof.
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
The basement
vertical levelof
distribution is mass
split between car of
and stiffness parking servingelements.
all structural the hotel Walls
and various back of the
will be modelled as
house functions including for services and utilities (MEP areas). The building
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs willportion measures Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
approximately 120m in length and is located over the half of the plot closest to the roadway
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
and is cranked on plan in order to maximise the views to the sea from the hotel rooms. The
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
basement footprint occupies almost the entire plot area. The ground and mezzanine levels
house the main lobby, retail, housekeeping and all other facilities expected for such a hotel Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general,
including the following
restaurants, software
swimming pool,will be used
fitness and otherduring the various
building stages of the design
amenities. Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis forSite
thelocation
superstructure.
Figure 2: on Al Marjan Island 2
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure thatfrom
anythe
analysis model is checked independently as apart of a rigorous QA
What was clear discussions were the client’s preference for number of items as
summarised
procedurebelow:
and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member 1. A conventionally reinforced concrete flat slab solution for the floor plates as this
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per provided more flexibility to accommodate changes in design and function. We have
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed settled for a 250mm thick flat slab typically throughout.
in following table: 2. An economical design that focusses on buildability – flat slab rather than a solid slab
and beam solution.
Figure 1: Typical section through the building
3. For columns to be such that they are set within the wall thickness within all the rooms
We have during this initial phase of the design developed the structural engineering brief which fixes the column widths in these areas to 200mm. This has been adopted
further and herewith summarise the investigations undertaken and confirming the direction typically throughout from level 1 and above with the series of columns combined into
the design has taken with a summary of informed recommendations made on moving the walls where additional capacity was required due to higher loads (i.e. in locations
design forward to the final stage of design. We have during this schematic design stage had where water tanks have been placed on the roof). Columns widen from a width of
the opportunity to present the concept design report on November 12th to the Client team 200mm to 300mm and 400mm at the underside of level 1 and ground floor
following which we made had a workshop / presentation to clarify key items identified in the respectively.
initial concept presentation, this workshop was held on December 5th. 4. The lobby layout has been rationalised with the transfer columns maintained on the
original structural grid requiring and after a more detailed study we have confirmed

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
2
12 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
the framing system to be adopted to transfer the load from the upper level to the The design selection was made following the consideration of a number of different structural
5.0 Key Design
foundation Items creating
level without to be aAddressed
deep cantilever During the Next
beam solution Stage
over the main configurations as summarised below:
entrance. • Option 1 – General Column Spacing on a 6.4m X 7.2m grid
5.• We have looked
Develop at the benefits
the structural schemeoftoseveral
ensurelight
theand medium-weight
structure is aligned partition
throughoutsystems
the • Option 2 – General Column Spacing on a 5.25m X 7.2m grid
and demonstrated the clear advantages in using composite concrete panels. The
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with • Option 3 – General Column Spacing on a 4.050m X 7.2m grid
design of medium weight panels will be adopted in the design with the final solution to
alldecided
be disciplines
during the next stage of design. • Option 4 – General Column Spacing on a 4.050m X 7.2m grid (with Band
Liaise with Engineer Beams)
6.• We have studied the of Record
ground (EoR) and
conditions andRAK municipality
developed to confirm
an enabling acceptance
works package
of design
and approach
specification for walls
which was issued during this design phase. This enabling work After considering the spatial planning requirements, constructability and costs we elected to
package was developed in consultation with specialist piling contractors and go forward with option 2.
• Attend site during the soil investigation
dewatering experts based on the preliminary soils report that was carried out by
Review Laboratories
• National both factualinand interpretive
September 2017.soil
Thisreports
enabling works package will have to be The functional framing of the building will consist of a gravity system made up of flat slab floor
• reviewed
Ascertain in the
light do-nothing
of the resultsvsandsoilrecommendations
improvement to of the more
mitigate detailed
against soils report
liquefaction plates, transfer beams, columns and core walls that will transfer loads directly to the
for
andwhich
the ACES
effecthave been
on pile appointed to carry out the works which is likely to take 4 –
design. foundations through the shortest path of slabs to beams to columns to piled foundations. The
6 weeks to complete. lateral load resisting system will consist only of the core walls (6No.) which we have
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
We will issue a preliminary piling package soon after the submission of the schematic conservatively assumed at this stage of analysis will carry 100% of the lateral loads that arise
the enabling works and foundations from either wind load or the most critical load case, notably seismic loads. These lateral forces
design, this will need to be revisited and finalised once the soils reports is complete and
Finalisereviewed
• findings the pilingand package based in
implemented onthethe ACES report and recommendations
design. will then be transferred to the floor plate at ground floor level which acts as a stiff diaphragm
7.• During
Developthis the
design phase we
structural assisted
design to thewith the tenderofand
equivalent RIBAassessment
stage 4 of the additional to transfer lateral load to the perimeter basement walls which will act as short shear walls and
soil investigation works with a programme a 7No. addition SPTs and 10 CPTs to be transfer these lateral loads to the foundations.
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
carried out on the site. This investigation will also ascertain the susceptibility of the site
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
to liquefaction and will inform the strategy for the execution of the foundation works The basement will be designed as a water excluding structure and will consist essentially of a
• onDevelop and finalise
the project, notablythethewaterproofing
assessment ofsystem for the project
soil improvement with an optimised pile minimum of 400mm basement slab 300-350mm thick basement walls and a 350-400mm thick
• design
Developvs. no
thesoil
BIMimprovement with a 200
to Level of Detail larger pile solution. ground floor slab. The structural design of all elements will have to consider the harsh
8. We have during this phase considered the cost benefit of different structural options environmental conditions that this shoreline site presents to the durability of the various
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses) components of the building and the other challenges this may present. The key to an efficient
that were considered during the concept design phase and which we assessed based
• onDetailed design ofcost
the construction all structural elements
of the different for the
solutions project
which are presented in section 1.4.6 and robust structure will lie in the simplicity of design with repetition over a number of levels.
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep various
further. These costs were based on prices received from reliable
/ thermal) sources,
on the large Competent and diligent supervision will be key to achieving the quality of construction a
notably contractors, quantity surveyors, specialist post-tensioning contractors and project of this standard demands. Close collaboration between disciplines will be key to
floor plates
reliable local publications. These prices are reflective of the current market and were ensuring integration of all components to the project and achieving an optimum design.
Detailed
• used a meansstudyofofcarrying
the basement and groundstudy
out a comparative floorbetween
slabs forthe long-term effects
various options
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
available. We have from the outset and as a means of limiting column thicknesses to 200mm, adopted
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy a blade wall solution throughout with these columns located at the demise walls between
As a result of these clientof
• Development preferences, wedesign
the structural have undertaken
for the roofa feature
number of studies to understand every other room and have chosen a structural gridline that aligns with the space between
the effect of these different parameters as they are inextricably linked as will be demonstrated the doors to the rooms which result in an offsetting of the structural gridline to that with the
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof MEP risers and shafts thereby minimising potential for clashes. In order to achieve an
further. We have in selecting the way forward considered the merits and draw-backs of each
option fromlevel or for aan
both structure to overcome
economical the need
(measured for a transfer
by volume structure and made
of material), economical column design we will make use of relaxations afforded by the design code – Cl
recommendations on which option should be taken forward. We have considered the R10.10.4.1 para 3 of ACI-318 (2008/11) which allows for a reduced wall stiffness to 0.35Ig which
suitability of the materials for the superstructure and have so far considered a structure of reduces flexural effects out of plane of the walls. It is worth noting that whilst this column
predominantly in-situ reinforced concrete construction as a steel frame option would have configuration does result in the desired layout it may come at a premium in terms of concrete
several fundamental draw-back the most obvious being achieving the floor to floor heights. volume when compared with a wider / shorter column.

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
3
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
13
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS better means to achieve the project goals of fast, economical and repetitive construction.
For the spans being considered an RC flat slab option of 250mm thick throughout, 350 -
Reduction in Member Stiffness
400mm thickness at plantrooms and where supporting floating columns or where supporting
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
the swimming and landscaping, a thickened flat slabLoads
Under Seismic of 400mm was deemed
Under Wind to be the
Loads
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Structural Element
better compromise. The design will balance the opposing extremes of thicker concrete slab
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked limiting
vs minimising reinforcement which considering section deflections
(un-cracked section
and achieving the
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and adequate strength in punching shear at the properties)
slab to column locations. properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Advantages
Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Eof
1. Has all the advantages and none c Ithe
g (out-of-plane) 0.50PTEoption
disadvantages of the c I g (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
2. Despite higher
Concrete material usage this is probably
Columns 0.7 Ec Igthe most economical1.00
solution.
Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design 3. Large openings can be accommodated in the slab elements
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process: 4. Simple and repetitive reinforcement arrangement and installation
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
5. Traditional and well-established method of construction
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
6.RC
Simple
Floor method
Slabs (forofflexure)
construction 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design 7. Inherent corrosion protection and fire resistance
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab 8. Robust construction
Analysis 9. foundations
Proposed spans are well within the area
Raft will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
Disadvantages
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
FigureWebb Yates
3: Typical & Esther - Engineers’
reinforcement layout in in-house Verification
the walls note cover of ensures
depicted Individual Member
a fire rating of ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.
®

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing


2 hrs is achieved in accordance with both British and American design standards. and 1. Involves a larger amount of concrete resulting generally in a heavier structure (slab /
other bespoke analyses beams / columns / foundations).
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
2. Potentially
procedure slower
and key construction
portions verifiedwhen compared
by hand to the PT option.
calculations.
In assessing the floor plate options, we have considered the geometrical limitations of a 3.6m
For the
floor structural
to floor heightanalysis of concrete
and achieving the elements un-cracked
practicalities member
of repeatable stiffness properties
construction we have
shall betwo
consider assigned
flat slabfor walls and
solutions columns
as viable under
options wind
for the loadand
project cases
haveand cracked
based member
our assessment
on the in-situ reinforced concrete solution in light of the client’s strong preference for as
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, per
reasons
stated previously. The of
recommendations analysis has318
the ACI taken into consideration
Section 10.10.4 withthe actual
section structural layout
modification and
ratios has
listed
assumed a cantilever
in following table: of 2m (max) beyond the face of the outer columns – these balconies
are subject to further design development and are more than likely to be finalised during the
next phase of design.

RC Flat slab

We have considered a number of concrete solutions, as demonstrated further, but in


considering the client’s strong preference for flexibility which is underpinned by the
comparative cost options we have considered the solution for the project consists of an RC
flat slab throughout for the superstructure as summarised below.

Of the conventional concrete solutions considered, the flat slab RC option is considered as a

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
4
14 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.1.
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
Of the 4 options considered Option 2 was the one selected to take forward into the detailed
design phase and consists of equally spaced columns at 5.25m centres with the edge columns
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
in the same position and the two central columns moving outwards by about 1m. as shown
on Fig. 4.height
Again,of building
with – with
a flat slab any results
option evolution of design floor
in longitudinal captured
spans and co-ordinated
of 5.2m with
within the room
space and all disciplines
a fixed transverse span of 7.2m. This provided the optimum balance of between
strength
• Liaise withand
demand achieving
Engineer the code
of Record (EoR)stipulated
and RAKserviceability
municipalitycriteria whilstacceptance
to confirm maintaining
the architectural
of design spatial planning.
approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
Note that this is the preferred architectural option and the option taken forward in the
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
design.
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly Fig. 5 shows the long-term deflection contours of the structural slab layout confirming the
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture maximum deflection is within the acceptable codified limit.

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure
Figure 4: Overall Structural Arrangement

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
5
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
15
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.2.
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 1.4.3.
Reduction in Member Stiffness
AsFor
a result of the column
the evaluation positions
of the and response
structural the desireand for the lobby to have
performance a large
of the open space,
structures under As an alternative to the deep tapered transfer cantilever option at the underside of the L02
the structural arrangement does require a transfer beam at the underside of the level 2 slab slab a more efficient transfer structure would
Underconsist of aLoads
Seismic transfer wall at Under
L02 - L04 which
Wind would
Loads
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Structural Element
which will measure 1.5m wide® x 2.5m deep with the end cantilever elements tapering to and act as a canted column to transfer loads to the column through struct and tie action with
be developed using ETABS software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked
the walls and inner portion of the transfer acting section
as struts (un-cracked
and the L04 slab acting as section
a tie. This
overall depth of 1.5m. This option aligns itself with the requirements of structural slab layouts
the lateral
options 1 and and vertical load
2 presented resistingbut
previously system
is notand accurately
favoured represent the
architecturally spatial
as the and
tapered slab would have to be designed and detailed to carry the additional tensile
properties) forces – this
properties)
vertical distribution
cantilever of massthe
adversely impact and stiffness of all
architectural structuralwithin
expression elements. Walls will be modelled as
the façade. option would only be viable with a conventionally reinforced slab.
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled
Applicable asplate
to floor shelloptions
elements
1 & 2 with corresponding
considered during theeffective thickness
concept phase using
and this the
option Walls
Applicable to floor plate option 1, 3 &0.35
4 considered during the concept
Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ephase. This option is
c I g (out-of-plane)
appropriate
was considered section
in partmodifiers. All 3-D
of the final analysis
solution will include
selected going P-Delta
forward.checks.
Note that the transfer the cheaper of the four transfer options that were considered and require a 200-250mm thick
systems proposed shall consist of a combination of options 1 & 2 to implement the architectural Concrete
walls required betweenColumns
levels 1& 3. 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
intent as it hasthe
In general, evolved – thesoftware
following design will bebe
will optimised duringthe
used during thevarious
next design
stagesphase.
of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

Figure 6: Transfer Structure at Level 02 – Option 1 Figure 7: Transfer Section at Level 02 – Option 2

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
6
16 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.4.
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
We have during this concept design phase had the opportunity to study a number of
alternative options for the framing of the L01 suites located at the front of the hotel and
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
extending from above the lobby to the all-day dining area. These options have been outlined
height of
in the concept building
report with –the
with any evolution
merits of each ofofthe
design
two captured and co-ordinated
options showcased discussedwith
in
all disciplines
detail. With the evolution the spatial planning we have developed a variant of the initial
option• 1 Liaise
to incorporate
with Engineerthe latest architectural
of Record design
(EoR) and RAKdrawings which
municipality to dovetails neatly with
confirm acceptance
the solution adopted
of design for the transfer
approach beams and will be developed in further detail during
for walls
the upcoming final phase of the design. This option calls for a full height narrow transfer wall
• Attend
(min 300mm site
thick) toduring the soil investigation
span between the ends of the tips of the cantilevered end to the main
transfer
• beams
Reviewtobothcarryfactual
the loads
and safely down tosoil
interpretive foundations.
reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Develop the design
Figure 8: Section forthe
through the transfer
lobby structure
showing at framing
structural the core walls on grid 17 at roof
selected Figure 9: Beam and slab layout of the lobby terrace and support structure
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
7
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
17
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.5.
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
The design and spatial planning have evolved to the need to an access to the sub-station Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the
which hasevaluation
an impact of onthe
the structural
continuity response
of verticaland performance
structure of the
along gridline 18structures under
between grids
TA and TC.
gravity, To and
wind overcome this issue
earthquake we three-dimensional
loads, have considered a number finite
structural of alternatives that are
element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
summarised
be developed below:
using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
1. lateral
the Havingand thevertical
columns loadcontinuous downand
resisting system to accurately
basement represent
level – this the requires a
spatial and properties) properties)
reconsideration of the access to the sub-station and reassessment of
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled asthe layout
locally. 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and
be2. modelled
Should theas column
shell locations
elementsnotwithbe acceptable
corresponding the provision
effectiveofthickness
a transfer beam
using at
the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
the underside of level 2 would require support from a column offset and aligned with
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
the walls of the ramp off gridline 18.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
3. The provision of a transfer cantilever structure connecting to the core walls from the
In general, the of
underside following
level 2 to software will be
below level used
1. This during
option the various
however stagesin of
does result the design
a clash with Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
MEP openings in the floor plate as well as core wall openings and is likely to result in a
substantial thickening of the core walls. Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
4. The final option
Structural Designconsidered was that of a hanger supported
Software / Approach by a steel transfer
Description
structure at roof level cast monolithically into the upper level of the walls of the stair RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
core,ETABS ® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA
the roof slab and adjacent columns on grid 16. 3-DInFEA
thisBuilding
option theAnalysis & structure
transfer Design
carries loads from the 10No slabs between gridlines 17 and 18 up to the top of the roof PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
structure. SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
The options above
AutoCADhave
® andbeen
Revitconsidered
® 2017 in principle
3-D only and will
Modelling CAD be/ BIM
developed
Platformsin by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
consultation with the rest of the multi-disciplinary design team and will be co-ordinated and accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
finalised during
Webb the&next
Yates phase
Esther of design.in-house
- Engineers’ Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
8
18 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.6.
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
9
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
19
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.7.
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
WeForhave
the during this initial
evaluation of thedesign phase response
structural producedand a number of 3D analysis
performance models
of the usingunder
structures ETABS
to carry out a preliminary study of key building parameters and behaviour under both gravity Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Structural Element
and transient loading such as wind and seismic loads. These preliminary models confirm that
beoverall
the developed usingbehaviour
structural ETABS® software by CSI. performs
of the building The models wellshall incorporate
within all elementsWe
codified parameters. of (cracked section (un-cracked section
thealso
can lateral and that
confirm vertical load resisting
an overall system
design check wasand accurately
carried out on represent
all elements the
andspatial
theseand
are properties) properties)
vertical distribution
confirmed as outlined ofinmass
the and stiffness
set of of all design
schematic structural elements.
drawings thatWalls will be modelled
accompany as
this report.
Final
shellmember
elements,sizing and detailing
columns as frameiselements
subject toand
a detailed analysis
the slabs in the final
as membrane design stage.
elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:
Figure 10: Building drift parameters under wind loads within codified parameters Figure 11: Building drift parameters Loads within codified parameters

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
10
20 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.8. diameter pile would work as a free-standing cantilever. The alternative would be to adopt
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage smaller diameter piles restrained with an array of ground anchors, but this option is unlikely
Buildings generally experience movement as a result of either internal or external applied to be practical particularly due to the neighbouring plots. We will during the next phase
loads which vertically is a function of the capacity of the foundations and their ability to of design consider the practicalities of the and drawback of each option before selecting
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
spread load to competent strata and limit movement to within prescribed limits (shallow the best solution for the project which will take many of the items listed below into
height25mm
foundations of building
and for – with
piledany
1%evolution
of the pileofdiameter
design captured
or 7-10mm and co-ordinated
max). with
The horizontal consideration:
movementall disciplines
in building either arise from the external forces such as wind, temperature or • Any increase in retained height would require that anchors be installed,
seismic loads
• Liaise with or Engineer
internal of orRecord
self-straining
(EoR) andforces
RAK such as those
municipality arising acceptance
to confirm from creep, alternatively the option of internal props could be specified which will have a
temperature
of designor approach
shrinkage for effects
walls(which is a key consideration for large concrete considerable impact on the construction programme
structures).
• Attend site during the soil investigation • The rate of installation is slower when compared to alternatives
By limiting the size
• Review bothoffactual
the concrete floor plates
and interpretive soiltoreports
approx. 70 - 80m between movement
• This type of wall would require the face to sprayed with concrete to form a working
joints we are generally deemed to have satisfied code requirements, with larger floor plate
Ascertain the
sizes• achievable do-nothing
through vs soil improvement
a combination to mitigate
rigorous analysis against liquefaction
and specifying a stringent surface for installation of the waterproofing system and the construction of the
and the effect on pile design.
construction sequence. Given the basement size of 140 x 76m and the overall length of basement walls, adding to programme and cost
the •main building findings
Implement above ground is 120m long we of
and recommendations dothe
not consider
soils report inatinto
this the
stage that of
design a • Contiguous piled walls are not suitable due to the level of the ground water and
movement joint is necessary particularly when balancing the contradicting effects of would require a more extensive dewatering scheme
the enabling works and foundations
managing temperature / shrinkage and creep against achieving water tightness through
• Finalise
continuity of thethe piling package
structure we do not based
think on
at the ACES report
this stage that a and recommendations
movement joint is required
within
• the basement
Develop structure.design
the structural This will be equivalent
to the studied in detail
of RIBAand confirmed
stage 4 during the Sheet Piled Wall: This option will be explored as a very viable option as it has the distinct
detailed design phase of the project. advantage of speed of construction when compared to the more traditional and well
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly established concrete piled wall option described above:
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• This option is potentially more expensive when compared to diaphragm walls or
1.4.9.
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project secant / contiguous piled walls and would have to be explored during the next
The •siteDevelop
is flankedthe
on BIM tosides
three Levelbyoftwo
Detail 200 plots and by a public roadway which we
adjacent phase of design
assume should remain
• Development of operational throughout
project specification the duration
(Standard of the works. The building
Clauses) • Installation is difficult in difficult in harder underlying strata – the soil report does
footprint is set back slightly from the plot boundary but not by a sufficient amount that suggest that the existing condition on site would suit this solution
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
would favour an open cut solution to enable the construction of the basement but
• Detailed
sufficient analysis
to justify the useof of
long-term effects shoring
an alternative (shrinkage / creep
system / thermal)
to the on the
traditional large
sacrificial • The impact of a potentially longer lead-in for a large order would have to be
concrete floor plates
piled solutions as summarised below: considered
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects • Has the advantage of being reusable which will make it more viable economically
Open Cut Excavation:
(shrinkage Due/ to
/ creep the proximity of the plot to the sea and the resulting high
thermal) and make it the more sustainable option
ground water level there will be limits to the extent to which an open cut excavation would • This option has inherent water retaining properties
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
be practicable. The set-backs of 4m on three sides and 5m on the beach front suggested
Development
• that
initially there could ofbe
thepotential
structural
fordesign for the excavation
an open-cut roof featurefor part of the basement
length, particularly
• Develop theon the beach-side
design but structure
for the transfer the looseat nature of the
the core soilon
walls would make
grid 17 this
at roof Conclusion: we have consulted with specialist dewatering and piling contractors and after
option level
impractical.
or for aIfstructure
this wereto possible
overcomegeometrically
the need this option
for a would
transfer require additional
structure several meetings we have concluded that given the set-back between the plot boundary
measures such as a slurry wall which we know has been used successfully on certain and basement footprint sheet piled wall is the most practical and economical solution.
projects on the Palm Jumeirah in Dubai. We will explore this option in a more detail during This solution forma the basis of the enabling works package which was issued for tender
the next phase of design before selecting the final option. during this last design phase. This option clear advantage of speed of construction when
compared to the more traditional and well established concrete piled wall options which
may have to be used in combination with the selected solution in very local and where
Contiguous / Interlocking / Secant piled wall: These are techniques that enable the
deeper excavations are required.
construction of a retaining wall along the length of the basement walls with the established
practice in the UAE being that this is a sacrificial temporary structure that is doe not form
part of the permanent structure. The construction of the relative basement will require a
wall retaining a height of up to approximately 4.5 - 5.0m which with a large enough

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
11
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
21
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
1.4.10.
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
Duethe
For to the level of the
evaluation ground
of the waterresponse
structural at approx. -2.900m,
and it is clearofafter
performance the consultation
structures underwith
a dewatering
gravity, wind andspecialist (notably
earthquake Strong
loads, Plant) that dewatering
three-dimensional structuralwillfinite
be required
elementthroughout
models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
the construction of the basement structure to ensure that all works
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements are carried out in the
of
dry. As requested we considered the measures that would be required to minimise the (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
demand for dewatering on the project and have considered the option of raising the level
vertical distributionThe
of the basement. of mass and stiffness
soils report of all
confirms thestructural
ground elements.
water to be Wallsat will be modelled
-2.900m to -3.000mas
shell
with elements, columns as
early bathymetric data frame elementsaand
suggesting the slabs
maximum as membrane
water level at high elements. Slabsat
tide being will- Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be
2.350mmodelled as shell with
which coincides elements with basement
the current corresponding effective
slab level. With athickness
typical depth usingof the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
smallest pile cap being of the order of 1.0m and the minimum
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. depth to water below the
lowest workable excavation being of the order of 0.5m would mean that the building Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
would
In needthe
general, to be raised by
following a minimum
software will of
be1.5m
usedwhich
duringwastheconfirmed as being
various stages of impractical
the design
architecturally. We await confirmation of the water levels from measurement taken from Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
the stand pipes which have been specified as part of the additional soil investigation
works. Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
All basement structures will be designed to be water tight and designed to overcome
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
hydro-static uplift by using the sheer mass of the basement structures and ground floor PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
structures and fill toSAFE
ensure
® V14that a factor of safety 2-D
of at
FEAleast
Raft 1.1 is achieved
Foundation and against
Slab
floatation – if this option is unachievable economically the use of tension piles will be
Analysis
considered. Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
A soil be
shall investigation
assigned (SI)
for has been
walls andundertaken by National
columns under Laboratory
wind load on 9th
cases and September
cracked 2017
member Given the nature and history of site, it is clear at this preliminary stage of the design that the
to ascertain ground conditions for the site and to inform the design for
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per the enabling works foundations will have to be piled. These piles should be installed from the formation level which
and foundations. Three boreholes were taken to depths of 25.50m below the existing ground will be set some 500mm lower than the basement slab level and will be at least 20 - 25m long
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
level at the at random locations shown as shown on the site layout below. The initial and will typically need to be socketed well within the dense sand strata.
in following table:
investigation confirmed that ground water levels were recorded at between 2.90m to 3.0m
below existing ground level.
We would require input from the SI contractor in providing a detailed pile design that would
take into pile group effects into consideration as this would result in a more economical pile
We review this initial report and raised a number of queries to assist us in this preliminary phase design solution. We would as part of this process require a better understanding the pile
of design and on 21st October 2017 we received additional recommendations as a response design performance under lateral loads and the benefits, if any, that might exist if a
to our queries which we determined would need be supplemented by a further soil programme of soil improvement were also undertaken. This is common practice in similar
investigation programme to better inform the enabling works and foundation design land reclamation projects in Dubai where potential for liquefaction has been identified, on
(drawing showing layout of additional boreholes and cone penetration tests further). We the performance of the pile foundations under lateral loads.
have provided the specifications for this additional soil investigation works and at the time of The SI contractor who carried out the initial investigation provided supplementary design
writing this report the specialist soil investigation contractor was appointed and had just parameters requested and confirmed that due to the loose soil strata for a band at a depth
mobilised on site. of 5.0m to 7.5m below the existing ground level (particularly as identified in BH3), might be

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
12
22 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
susceptible to liquefaction. Whilst this is unlikely to affect the adequacy and safety of the be broken down into four categories, notably:
5.0 Key
structure Design
it is likely to resultItems to be Addressed
in a considerable increase in theDuring thepiles
size of the Next
under Stage
lateral • Bituminous torch applied or painted waterproofing systems.
loads. We have specified that the additional soil investigation include a more detailed • Bonded waterproofing systems.
assessment of the susceptibility of the underlying strata to liquefaction and explore the cost
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the • Loosely laid membranes.
impact of doing nothing and designing larger vs. soil improvement. It is worth noting that
there may height
be a of building
similar – with any
requirement byevolution of design
RAK municipality to captured and co-ordinated
address potential with
for liquefaction • Loosely laid compartmentalised system with re-injectable hoses
all disciplines
through soil improvement – we will liaise with the AoR and explore this further during the next
phase • of design.
Liaise It is clearofthat
with Engineer the(EoR)
Record design
andinformation on the
RAK municipality to existing reclamation,
confirm acceptance The final selection of the waterproofing system will be confirmed during the detailed design
construction, any improvement
of design approach for walls and testing of the Al Marjan Island would provide us with stage once the key project parameters have been adequately defined and the
the necessary design information to supplement our foundation design but it was conveyed performance criteria is established, with the selection based on the following project
Attend site
to us •unofficially thatduring the soil investigation
this information was not available for island 2. We await the final report drivers:
to complete the foundation design
• Review both factual and interpretive but will besoil
submitting
reports a piling package based on the • The water tightness requirements.
original soils report which would have to be reviewed upon receipt of the final SI report. • Water retention vs management of water leakage.
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design. • Maintenance strategies acceptable to the Client and operator.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of • A risk based approach to both water-tightness and durability of the structure.
the enabling works and foundations • Repair-ability of the proposed system given the very limited access generally
available to the waterproofing system post-construction.
Finalise
• the
Due to the piling
proximity of thepackage based
development to on
thethe ACES report
shoreline and theand recommendations
ground water levels likely
• The level of the water-table and the effect of the effect of the water demand
to be• atDevelop
or up to the
1m structural
above the design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4 will have to be
basement level, the basement structure
from the landscaping on the ground water levels.
designed to overcome the effects of hydrostatic pressures. The added effect of the
• Closely
proximity coordinate
to the sea is that wethe structural
expect designto with
the ground other
be very highdisciplines, particularly
in both chlorides and
sulphatesarchitecture,
(as confirmedMEPin and landscape soils
the preliminary architecture
report), which will have an impact on the Of the many waterproofing systems available on the local market the most viable in terms
durability of any material
• Develop in contact
and finalise with the ground
the waterproofing system(foundations, ground floor slabs site
for the project of both performance and durability are as follows:
wide infrastructure etc…). In order to achieve a high level of durability we propose that all • A bonded water proofing system which consists of a highly durable membrane
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
concrete structure in contact with the ground be designed to incorporate the following with and adhesive on the back face. An example of a high performing bonded
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
measures: system is Preprufe 300R for below slab waterproofing (and all pre-applied
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project waterproofing) and Bituthene 8000HC both by Grace Servicised.
Higher strength • A loosely laid double-ply membrane made of either PVC (or TPO), arranged in
• • Detailed analysisconcrete with a
of long-term durable
effects design mix.
(shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
approximately 100sqm compartments and sealed to the outer face of the
Generous
• floor plates cover to reinforcement.
concrete basement through a network of water-bars which would provide access
A flowable
• • Detailed mix of
study that is almost
the self- compacting.
basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects throughout the life of the structure for targeted repairs of the waterproofing
Corrosion inhibitors
• (shrinkage added
/ creep / thermal) to the design mix. system. Of the systems available we would look at specifying product from either
Use of viscosity BASF, Mapei or Sika.
• • Development ofmodifiers.
the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Use of GGBFS as cement replacement.
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Use of micro-silica to reduce the voids in the concrete mix. For either waterproofing system selected we will specify a hydrophilic seal or swelling bar to
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof provide a water-stop at all construction joint locations and a network of re-injectable hoses
• The use of a good waterproofing system – possibly a bonded
level or for a structure
waterproofing system to(toovercome
be discussedtheinneed
morefor a transfer
detail structure
further). located at construction joints for the bonded system and at both construction joints and to
the compartments (5No per compartment) in the case of the loosely laid membrane
system. The waterproofing should be procured as a single system with the contractor,
waterproofing subcontractor and the manufacturer required to provide appropriate
warranties accepting joint and several liability for the design, workmanship, protection and
functionality of the waterproofing system as a whole.
The function of the waterproofing system is to form the first level of protection to any
We will during the next phase of design approach manufacturers for both these waterproofing
underground structures by preventing these from coming into direct contact with ground
systems before selecting the most appropriate system for the project.
water which is the principal vehicle for attack on reinforced concrete. There are many
water proofing systems on the market and those often used in this type of development can

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
13
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
23
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:
Figure 12: Construction of raft foundations and basement walls
Figure 13: Tower progresses to L4 level

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
14
24 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development
Figureof
14:the structuralofdesign
Construction for frame
structural the roof feature
complete
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
15
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
25
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. Design
2. METHODOLOGY
Criteria FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS Masonry ACI 530-11: "Building Code Requirements and Specification for
Masonry Structures" Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic
ACI 530.1-08: "Specification forLoads Under Wind Loads
Masonry Structures"
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
Geotechnical Reference shall be made to the Geotechnical Engineering Report
thesegment
This lateral and vertical
of the reportload resistingthe
summarises system
design and accurately
criteria represent
to be adopted for the project
spatial and Design properties)
prepared by National Laboratory with Reference No. properties)
outlines
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelledkey
the assumptions will we be making in developing its design. It summarises as Shj/18318/2017/R dated 09 September 2017 with addendums and
design considerations including the functional framing, design loading, materials,
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will material Ig (in-plane)
0.70 Econ 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
clarifications
Concrete Cores, Shafts and received 21 October 2017. We recommend that a
properties and performance as well as design codes to be adopted and the provisions,
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the
modifications and departures of the code stipulated requirement where applicable to Walls more comprehensive programme of soil investigations be carried
0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section conforms
modifiers. to
All 3-D out to supplement the existing study in a manner that is more
ensure the design the analysis will include
requirements P-Deltainchecks.
stipulated the Ras Al Khaimah
representative of the entire
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Isite. This additional SI programme
1.00 Ec Ig is to
Municipality building regulations and in keeping with the international standards adopted. g
be carried out by ACES who have been appointed but who are yet
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
to mobilise on site.
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Additional
Coupling (Link) Sulphate
Beams and acid resistance
0.35 Ec Ig of concrete in the ground.
1.00 Ec Ig BRE
Structural Design Software / Approach Description Bibliography Special Digest 1 (2005)
The structural analysis will be carried out in a manner compatible with the following RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS ® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA TR49 Design Guidance for High Strength Concrete
International Building Codes and Design Standards as3-D
andFEA Building
where Analysis & Design
applicable:
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab SCI P354 Design of Floors for Vibration: A New Approach
Analysis
Design Codes & Standards Raft foundations will be
ACImodelled usingofshell
435 – Control element
deflection in assignments in the SAFE® software
Concrete Structures
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
Building Code IBC 2012: International Building Code, 2012 SEI/ASCECriteria,
accordance to the Loading 7-05 – inMinimum
addition Design loads for
to the support Buildings
reactions and Other
imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member structures
ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.
®
Wind Loading
spreadsheets ASCE
and hand7-10: American SocietyDesigns
calculations. of Civil Engineers, 2010
/ General post-processing and
Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Buildings –
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis
Seismic Loading UBC 1997: Uniform Building Code 1997 Vol. 2, Structural Engineering Priestleymodel is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
& Paulay
Design Provisions procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
Note: We will comply with Ras Al Khaimah Municipality Regulations (as published at the
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties time of developing the design as conveyed to us by the Engineer of Record) and will
Concrete
shall Designfor ACI
be assigned walls 318M-11:
and columns"Building Codeload
under wind Requirements for Reinforced
cases and cracked member exercise engineering judgement in accordance with best international practice should
Concrete"
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per there be conflict with the terms of the documents listed above.
recommendations ofBS8110: the ACIStructural
318 Section 10.10.4
use of with section
reinforced, modification
prestressed ratios listed
or plain Concrete –
in following table: Part1:1997, Part 2: 1985 & Part 3:1985

Precast Concrete ACI 318M-08: "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete"

MNL 120-04 “PCI Design Handbook – Precast and Prestressed


Concrete”
Normal weight concrete properties shall be in accordance with ASTM Standards. Cement
shall be Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150 Type 1, unless otherwise approved.
Steel Design AISC-360-10LRFD (2010): "Load and Resistance Factor Design
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" Blinding concrete shall be grade f’c = 15N/mm2. Other grades of concrete and design
mixes shall be developed in the next phase of the design and will take the location of the
AISC-341-10: “Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings” site into account and will be reliant on the specification and type of water proofing to be
used in combination with a durability required from the concrete mix.

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
16
26 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
Element Interior Unexposed Exterior Exposed Earth Face
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
The project is located in a marine environment where highly saline ground water is expected Piles - - 75-100mm
to be• encountered
Develop thebelow ground
structural level,tothe
scheme concentration
ensure of iswhich
the structure hasthroughout
aligned already been
the
established during the initial site investigation. Above-ground structures will also
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with be exposed Foundations Gen. - 50 mm (insulated) 75 mm
albeit to a lesser extent, however, the corrosive effects of the salt need to be taken into
all disciplines
consideration in specifying the concrete mix and protective measures for the project. Walls 25 mm 40 mm 50 mm
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
A durableof concrete
design approach forbe
mix, would walls
achieved by using a number of measures that include Columns 40 mm 40 mm -
an adequate
• Attendwaterproofing
site during thesystem, good detailing of reinforcement with provision of
soil investigation
adequate cover and a suitable design mix. Given the severe exposure conditions the Beams 40 mm 40 mm -
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
elements of this structure are likely to be exposed to in both the temporary and permanent
• Ascertain
condition, we propose the that
do-nothing vs soilconcrete
a triple blend improvement
mix beto mitigate
used against
with OPC liquefaction
(or SRPC), GGBFS Elevated Slabs 25 mm 40 mm -
and microandsilica.
theAeffect
concrete mixdesign.
on pile with a high level of cement replacement ensures a durable
concrete mix with a low heat of hydration which with the use of super-plasticizers achieves
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
a low free water-to-cement ratio, typically below 0.40.
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise
The dosage the piling
of cement package based
replacement shall beon the ACES report
ascertained and recommendations
depending during the next phase All reinforcement shall have a minimum yield strength of Fy = 460 MPa, hot rolled billet
of the• design with the
Develop the structural
level of cement
designreplacement expected
to the equivalent to be
of RIBA typically
stage 4 a minimum of steel. Available reinforcing bar sizes: φ 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32 and 40 mm diameter.
70% GGBFS and 5% micro silica. Welded steel wire fabric: ASTM A497 for sizes D4.0 and larger (min. Fy = 480 MPa) or
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture equivalent European or British specifications.
For enhanced durability, all types of reinforced concrete in aggressive environments or in
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
contact with the ground will be specified with corrosion inhibitors such as MCI 2005 AL by
Cortec Develop
• Inc. the BIM to at
as an admixture Level of Detail
a dosage 200
of at least 0.6L/m3 of concrete. Corrosion inhibitors
may •alsoDevelopment
be applied externally
of projectbut as an admixture
specification the application
(Standard Clauses) is more efficient and
when applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s specification can potentially achieve
• Detailed
a doubling of the design of all
design life of structural elementsbars
the reinforcement for the project
within the concrete elements. Hot-rolled structural steel shapes shall be BS or ASTM shapes with yield strength of 355
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large MPa, based on ASTM Grade 50, unless otherwise noted the following parameters shall
Notes: floor plates be used:

•• Detailed study of the


f’c = compressive basement
strength and ground
for ø152x305 floor
cylinders slabs
at 28 daysfor long-term effects Shape Minimum Grade Yield Strength, Fy Tensile Strength, Fu
• (shrinkage / creep /strength
fcu = compressive thermal)for 150x150 cubes at 28 days
•• Development of the
Poisson’s Ratio structural design
for Concrete: γ for the entrance canopy
= 0.2 Wide Flanges, UB UC S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa
•• Density of Plain
Development Concrete:
of the ρc for the
structural design = 2,350
roof kg/m 3 (23.0 kN/m3)
feature Channels, UPN S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa
•• Densitythe
Develop of Reinforced Concrete:
design for the transfer ρstructure
c = 2,450 kg/m
at the core(25.0
3 kN/m
walls
3)
on grid 17 at roof
• Density of Light-Weight Concrete:ρ
level or for a structure to overcome the c = 1,835 kg/m3 (18.0 kN/m 3
need for a transfer structure) Built-up Shapes S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa
• Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: αtc = 10.0 x 10-6/°C
Pipes (CHS) S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa

Tubes (SHS / RHS) S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa

Clear concrete cover to outermost reinforcing steel shall be as follows in order to achieve at Angles, L Shapes S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa
least 2-hour fire rating and / or an acceptable level of durability:
Connection Plates S355JO 355 MPa 470 MPa

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
17
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
27
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY
Notes: FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 2.4.6.
• Modulus of Elasticity of Steel, Es = 205,000 N/mm2 Reduction in Member Stiffness
For •the evaluation ofofthe structural response andρsperformance of the structures under Any internal or external steelwork on the project will invariably be exposed to a harsh and
Unit Weight Steel, = 7850 kg/m 3
highly saline environment due to theUnder proximity of the site to the sea which willLoads
require a
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Seismic Loads Under Wind
• Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, αts = 6.50 x 10-5 °C high spec Structural Element
corrosion protection system. Where steelwork elements are located externally
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of and exposed to aggressive conditions (crackedthese shallsection
have a corrosion (un-cracked
system thatsection
include a
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and combination of galvanising + paint protection system and if located inproperties)
properties) marine conditions
2.4.1. distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
vertical shall be protected with polysiloxane coating by Akzo Nobel or similar approved where
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will appropriate.
Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
High Strength Bolts shall be fully tensioned bearing-type bolts (N - threads included) per
be modelled
ASTM as shellStandards
A325M, European elementsENwith corresponding
14399. effective
Use the following thickness using the
diameters: Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. To achieve the required level of fire resistance (or typically 2hrs as confirmed by the Fire
• Grade 8.8 (A325M): M20 and M24 (Fy = 660 MPa / Fu = 830 MPa) and LifeConcrete
Safety Engineer),
Columnsall steelwork elements
0.7 Ewhich
c Ig are boxed out or 1.00
are otherwise
Ec Ig not
In general, the following software will beand
used during visible shall be protected using a cementitious or vermiculite coating which will achieve a
• Grade 10.9 (A490M): M27 M30 (Fy = the various
940 MPa / Fustages
= 1040of the design
MPa)
life to firstConcrete
maintenanceBeams 0.35 Esteelwork
of at least 10 years whilst c Ig 1.00elements
visible steelwork Ec Ig shall
process:
be coated with intumescent paint which will have a life to first maintenance of 3-5 years.
2.4.2. Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description 2.4.7.
Welding electrodes shall be E70XX with a tensile strength of 480 MPa per AWS D1.1. RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS
Minimum fillet ® V16
weld size/ Robot V21 / shall
(leg length) GSA be 6 mm. 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
Any profile
PT Floormetal decking
Slabs (for that may be required
flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig on the project shall0.50
beEdesigned
c Ig in
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and designed for an un-propped
Analysis condition for the decking. Where exposed to the environment the soffit of the decking will
2.4.3. Raft be
foundations will corrosion
be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
also coated with protection.
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
Headed Shear Studs shall be a minimum Ø19 diameter, conforming to ASTM A108 and accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
AWSWebb
D1.1, Type
YatesB&(FEsther
y = 345- MPa; Fu = 415
Engineers’ MPa).
in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any
2.4.4. Concrete block: ASTManalysis
90 Grademodel
N1 is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure
• Compressive strength
and key portions = 19.3MPa,
verified by hand calculations.
For the bolts
Anchor structural analysis
shall be of concrete
use Ø25 diameter,elements
Grade 5.8un-cracked member
(ASTM F1554 stiffness
Grade 55) properties
or Grade 8.8 • Density = Normal Weight
(ASTM F1554 Grade 75).
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per Mortar: ASTM C270 Type M
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed • Grout: f'c = 3.8MPa,
2.4.5. • Masonry strength f'm = 13.8MPa,
in following table:
Anchors will be designed based on the provisions of ACI 318 and in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions. Unless otherwise noted, anchors shall be Ø20 diameter HILTI
HAS-E (ISO 898 Class 5.8) threaded rods or approved equivalent.
Adhesive systems shall be HILTI HIT HY 500-SD or HY 200 for concrete applications, and
HILTI HIT HY 200 with screen tube for hollow masonry applications.
Drill-in mechanical anchors shall be standard wedge-type unless otherwise noted. Drill-
in anchors designated in the Drawings as carrying a direct tensile load shall be undercut
wedge-type; such as, HILTI HSA or HILTI Kwik Bolt TZ Wedge, or similar approved.

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
18
28 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
3. Loads
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage Superimposed Dead Loads (SDL) is calculated based upon the proposed finishes to floors
and ceilings, including partition walls and the estimated MEP loading.
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
Live Loads (LL) do comply with the minimum requirements of the Building Code. Live
The following table defines the minimum superimposed dead and live loads at key areas
all disciplines
to be used in the structural design for each occupancy category throughout the building. loads are reducible in accordance with the Building Code dependent on floor span and
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance tributary area.
During the course of the design, floor loading plans will be produced that more accurately
of design
reflect the approach
magnitude for wallsof specific loads and loading maps will be produced
and location
and• included
Attendinsite
theduring
set of the
drawings.
soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
Terraces / Balconies Partition loads will be calculated based on the actual layout shown in architectural

Common areas and


and the effect on pile design.

MEP Rooms / Areas


drawings. Light-weight partition Loads (gypsum board or cement board walls) and glass
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of

Swimming Pools
separators are taken as a uniform load of 1.0 kPa where these types of partitioning are
the enabling works and foundations applicable (particularly in any open plan office space).

(Accessible)

(Non-Acc.)
Roof Level

Roof Level
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations General Masonry Wall Loads are calculated based on the actual layout shown in architectural
Planters

Lobbies
drawings as applied as line load in structural analysis, as listed below. In general, masonry
Rooms

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4

Stairs
Loading Type coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly shall be limited to medium weight blocks with density of between 1200-1400 kg/m3 (or
• Closely
2000kg/m3 for solid concrete blocks where required). Depending on the type of material
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture specified and the cladding / partition loads are divided into either external or internal
Construction Dead Load
• Develop and finalise theRefer to loadingsystem
waterproofing map for forspecific locations – Loads in kPa
the project blockwork. Following the client direction given during the workshop held on December
(kPa)
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 5th we have proceeded with the design assuming medium weight blockwork throughout
Finishes & Screed 2.0 2.0 20 2.0 2.0 7.5 7.5 4.6 1.9 1.0 the project unless where dense blockwork is required for acoustic reasons (notably in and
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses) around plantrooms and in the basement). This strategy was adopted to provide flexibility
Partition Walls design of all structural
• Detailed 4.5 -elements
- 4.5the6.0
for project - - - 1 - in the selection of the partition walls which shall be either medium dense blockwork or
light-weight composite panels which are to be confirmed at the outset of the detailed
Ceiling 0.3 0.3
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects- (shrinkage
0.3 -/ creep
0.3 / 0.3 - on 0.3
thermal) -
the large
design phase but which will be implemented in the architectural package only.
floor plates
Mechanical, Electrical 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 - 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 -
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
Superimposed Dead
(shrinkage Load*
/ creep 7.0 8.0
/ thermal) 20 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 4.6 3.4 0.5

Development of the structural


Live• Load 2.0 4.0design for the
1.5 4.0 entrance
7.5 4.0canopy
1.5 15 4.0 4.0
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature Wind loads shall be determined from the ASCE 7-10 using the prescribed analytical
Develop
* SDL• loads, the design
which include finishes /for the transfer
ceilings / services, structure at the core
will be progressively walls
reviewed andon grid 17
updated at roof procedure. Minimum wind loads on force resisting system or components and cladding
as detailslevel or for afrom
are available structure to overcome
architectural and building the need
services for a transfer structure
drawings. will be taken as a minimum of 1.0 kPa.
** Light weight roofs are expected to be used throughout the development and shall be
designed for the actual loads they carry.
• Wind Speed: V = 100 mph (3s gust speed of 45 m/s)
Construction Dead Loads (CDL) for structural elements is taken as the actual self-weight • Risk Category: II (Tab 1.5-1)
as calculated based on the corresponding material properties. Normal weight concrete • Wind Importance Factor: 1.0 (Tab 1.5-2)
is taken at a unit weight of 2,500 kg/m3 for loading purposes.
• Wind Exposure Category: D (Cl 26.7.3)
• Topographic Factor, Kzt: 1.0 (Cl 26.8.2)
• Wind Directionality Factor, Kd: 0.85 (Tab 26-1)

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
19
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
29
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY
• Gust Effect Factor, FOR
G: 0.85 (Cl 26.9.1) ANALYSIS
THE STRUCTURAL
• Internal Pressure Coefficient: ±0.18 (GCpi) Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the External Pressure
• evaluation of the Coefficient: 0.8 and
structural response (windward) -0.5 (leeward)
performance of the structures under Earth retaining structures will be designed in accordance with data and
gravity,
• wind and earthquake loads,
Wind Velocity Pressure, qz: three-dimensional
0.613 * Kz * Kzt * Kd * V2 * I element
structural finite (N/m2) (Clmodels
27.3.2)will recommendations Under
of the geotechnical Seismicreport
engineer’s Loadswhich is yet
Under
to beWind Loads
completed.
Structural Element
be developed
• Designusing
WindETABS ® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate
Pressure, P: qz (G Cp) – qi (G Cpi) (N/m2) all elements of Basement walls will be designed for a minimum
(crackedsurcharge
section load of(un-cracked
10-20 kPa. We note
section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and a larger design surcharge load will be applied to account for the water
properties) tanks required
properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as to serve fire tenders during a fire emergency. These we understand are to be 80T
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will vehicles that will
Concrete stayShafts
Cores, at theand 0.70 Einc Ithe
plot boundary g (in-plane)
event of a fire. 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
The regions running the length of the northern coast of the Gulf is characterised as being
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
prone to severe seismic activity arising from the tectonic collision between the Arabian
In
andgeneral,
Indianthe following
plates software
moving will be used
northwards during
against theEurasian
the various stages
plate. ofThe
the seismic
design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
categorisation of those Emirates that flank the Gulf are as a result of this seismic and is a The effects of temperature changes shall be accounted for in the design. Where
precautionary measure that achieved resilience and robustness in the structural design. applicable and where
Coupling structures have a governing
(Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Igdimension of over 70-80m
1.00 Ethe
c I g structure
Whilst there are records of minor seismic events in recent years there are no records of shall be designed to resist self-straining forces arising from contraction or expansion
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
moderate or strong seismic events in the region. resulting fromSlabs
RC Floor temperature change, shrinkage,
(for flexure) 0.25 Emoisture
c Ig change, creep inEcomponent
0.50 c Ig
ETABSfor
® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA materials, movement due to differential settlement, or combinations thereof. Temperature
Seismic loads the project shall be derived in 3-D FEA Building
accordance Analysis
with Ras Al& Design
Khaimah PTvariation
Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
design is taken as ± 25˚C.
Municipality regulations, which
SAFE V14
® implements UBC 1997 design codes as summarised below:
2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
• Seismic Zone Factor, Z: PGA = 0.20g, for Zone 2B (Tab 16-I) Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
The basement
by CSI. measures
Dead Loads and140
Livex Loads
76m and are the overall
applied length of
uniformly thethe
over main building
raft above
foundation in
• AutoCAD
Soil
® and Revit® 2017
Profile Type: Sc Dense3-D
soil Modelling
+ soft rockCAD
(Tab /16-J)
BIM Platforms
ground is 120m long and accordingly will be subject to thermal effects acting on the floor
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from

Webb Seismic
Yates &Importance 1.0 (Tab 16-K)
Factor, I:in-house
Esther - Engineers’ Verification of Individual Member plates and connecting structures in a manner that will also considered the actual section
ETABS® structural
properties analysis for
of the concrete the superstructure.
under load. Furthermore, as a means to reduce the effects of
Response Mod
• spreadsheets Factor, R:
and hand calculations. 5.5 (Tab 16-N)
Designs / General post-processing and
the short-term component of shrinkage we will specify that pour strips be positioned at
• Seismic Force Amplification other bespoke analyses We ensure that30m
approximately anycentres
analysiswhich
model willis then
checked independently
be infilled at after 60 as part
– 90 of once
days a rigorous QA
the bulk
Factor, Ωo: 2.8 (Tab 16-N) of the shrinkage in the slabs have taken effect.
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
Time period,
• structural
For the Ct: of concrete elements
analysis 0.02 un-cracked member stiffness properties
Seismic Coefficient,
shall •be assigned for walls andCa:columns under0.24 (Tab
wind16-Q)
load cases and cracked member

stiffness Seismic
for Coefficient,
walls, columnsCv: and beams 0.32under
(Tab 16-R)
seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
Seismic Mass, W,table:
in following includes construction dead load and superimposed dead load. All load combinations shall meet the requirements of the ASCE 7-10 Section 2.3
Note: The ultimate seismic load is calculated in accordance with clause 1630.1.1 as follows: and 2.4.
a. E = ρEh + Ev
Eh = Base Shear, V applied in the horizontal direction (i.e. typically EX or EY defined
below)
b. Ev = ± 0.5 Ca I D applied in the vertical direction
c. Ca = 0.24 for Zone 2B for Soil Profile SC, from Table (16-Q) • 1.4(D+F) (Eqn 1)
d. Therefore E = EX or EY ± 0.12 D • 1.2(D+F) + 1.6(L+H) + 0.5(Lr) (Eqn 2)
e. ρ = 1.0 for Zone 2B • 1.2(D+F) + 1.6Lr + 1.6H + (f1L or 0.5W) (Eqn 3)
• 1.2(D+F) + 1.0W + f1L + 1.6H + 0.5Lr (Eqn 4)
• 1.2(D+F) + 1.0E + f1L + 1.6H (Eqn 5)

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
20
30 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
• 0.9D + 1.0W + 1.6H (Eqn 6) change in temperature, etc. These effects are typically described as movements taking
5.0 • Key Design
0.9(D+F) + 1.0EItems
+ 1.6H to be Addressed
(Eqn 7)During the Next Stage place after the components have been installed since these will indicate the scale of
movement to be accommodated in the component which will affect their design.
Generally, the following values will be adopted.
• Where:
Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
f1 = 1.0
• height for floors–inwith
of building public
anyassembly,
evolutionparking livecaptured
of design loads, and
andloads over 4.78kPa
co-ordinated with • Concrete roof or floor construction supporting or attached to non-structural
• all f1 = 0.5 for
disciplines other loads
elements likely to be damaged by large deflections is limited to L span/480 for
f2 =with
• • Liaise 0.7 for roof configurations
Engineer (such
of Record (EoR) asRAK
and sawmunicipality
tooth or similar roofs) acceptance
to confirm long-term deflection occurring after installation of non-structural element (∆ = ∆
• of f2 = 0.2 approach
design for other roofforconfigurations
walls 100LT – ∆ 3Mo CDL).
Note:
• Attend site during the soil investigation • Concrete roof or floor framing not supporting or attached to non-structural
Where loads such as Fluids (F), lateral earth pressure (H), or thermal (T) are applicable these shall be
Reviewasboth
• combined factual
per section and
2.3.2 andinterpretive
2.4.1 of ASCE 7soil
-10.reports elements likely to be damaged by large deflections is limited to L span/360 for
Ascertain
• Load the listed
combinations do-nothing
above arevs soil improvement
applicable to mitigate
for concrete structures against
designed liquefaction
per ACI 318M-11 and immediate deflection due to live load using cracked sections.
for steel structures in accordance with ASCE 360-10. • Concrete roof or floor construction supporting or attached to non-structural
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of elements not likely to be damaged by large deflections is limited to L span/240
the enabling works and foundations for long-term deflection based on 100% live load cracked section.

• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations • Live load deflection of steel beams is limited to L span/480; and the total
deflection of steel beams (D+L) is limited to L span/240.
•• D + F the structural design to the equivalent
Develop (Eqn 1)
of RIBA stage 4
D + L +coordinate
H+F (Eqn 2) other disciplines, particularly • Inter-story Drift & Building Sway under Wind Loads ≤ height / 400 (although 300 is
•• Closely the structural design with
acceptable).
• D + Lr + H +FMEP and landscape architecture
architecture, (Eqn 3)
D + 0.75L + 0.75Lr + the
H + Fwaterproofing system
(Eqn 4) • Inter-story Drift & Building Sway under Seismic Loads (elastic) ≤ height / 50 (0.020
•• Develop and finalise for the project
• D + (0.6W or 0.7E) (Eqn 5) hsx).
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• D + H + F + 0.75(0.6W) + 0.75L + 0.75Lr (Eqn 6a)
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• D + H + F + 0.75(0.7E) + 0.75L (Eqn 6b)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• 0.6D + 0.6W + H (Eqn 7)
•• Detailed analysis of
0.6(D+F) + 0.7E + H long-term effects (shrinkage
(Eqn 8) / creep / thermal) on the large The design fire rating for the structures within this project shall be assumed to be typically
floor plates
2 hours unless noted otherwise in the Fire & Life Safety report.
• Detailed
D: study
Dead Load of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage
L:Live Load / creep / thermal)
Lr: Roof Load
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
T: Temperature Load
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
W: Wind Load
For water-retaining structures or structures in contact with water, crack widths will be
• Develop
E: theload
Earthquake design
whichfor the from
comes transfer structure
spectral at the
analysis using core
CQC walls
method foron gridcombination
modal 17 at roofand
SRSS method for directional combination. limited to 0.2 mm. Such structures will also be provided with waterproofing membrane or
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure
H: Soil pressure, hydrostatic pressure or weight. integral waterproofing concrete admixtures. For other elements, the limits shall conform to
F:Loads due to retained fluids. local codes and guidelines as summarised below:
• Retaining Walls (external face): 0.20 mm
• Retaining Walls (internal face): 0.30 mm
• Raft Foundation (bottom face): 0.20 mm
Components of the various buildings forming part of this development need to take • Raft Foundation (top face): 0.30 mm
account of the movements and tolerances of the structure and foundations. The • Tension Piles (where applicable) 0.20 mm
movements are caused by gravity and lateral loads, long term creep and shrinkage effects,

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
21
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
31
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
32 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
33
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
24
34 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
and the effect on pile design.
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
the enabling works and foundations
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly

DRAWINGS
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
35
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
Drawing Ref. Layout No. Drawing Title Scale Rev.
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


S-000 WYE.D1113-SC-S-000 DRAWINGS LIST NTS A
S-001 WYE.D1113-SC-S-001 GENERAL NOTES NTS A
S-002 WYE.D1113-SC-S-002 TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS NTS A

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design S-003 WYE.D1113-SC-S-003 TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS NTS A
S-004 WYE.D1113-SC-S-004 TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS
Concrete Beams NTS A
0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process: S-005
S-006
WYE.D1113-SC-S-005
WYE.D1113-SC-S-006
TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS
TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS
NTS
NTS
A
A
S-007 WYE.D1113-SC-S-007 TYPICAL STANDARD DETAILS NTS A

Coupling (Link) Beams NTS


NTS
A
A
0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
ENABLING WORKS
S-100 WYE.D1113-SC-S-100 ENABLING WORKS
S-101
S-102
WYE.D1113-SC-S-101
WYE.D1113-SC-S-102
ENABLING WORKS SECTION (SHEET 1 of 2)
ENABLING WORKS SECTION (SHEET 2 of 2)
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
PILE LAYOUT, FOUNDATION PLAN, COLUMN AND WALL LAYOUT PLAN
S-110 WYE.D1113-SC-S-110 NOT USED

SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab


S-111 WYE.D1113-SC-S-111 NOT USED
S-112 WYE.D1113-SC-S-112 NOT USED
S-113 WYE.D1113-SC-S-113 COLUMN AND WALL LAYOUT PLAN (BASEMENT TO GROUND FLOOR)

Analysis
S-114 WYE.D1113-SC-S-114 COLUMN AND WALL LAYOUT PLAN (MEZZANINE TO ROOF)

GENERAL ARRANGMENT PLANS


Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms
S-120
S-121
WYE.D1113-SC-S-120
WYE.D1113-SC-S-121
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT BASEMENT 2 FRAMING PLAN
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT BASEMENT 1 FRAMING PLAN
by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
1:200
1:200
A
A

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
S-122 WYE.D1113-SC-S-122 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT GROUND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 1:200 A
S-123 WYE.D1113-SC-S-123 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT LOWER MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 1:200 A

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member


S-124
S-125
WYE.D1113-SC-S-124
WYE.D1113-SC-S-125
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT UPPER MEZZANINE FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT LOWER 1ST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
1:200
1:200
A
A

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


S-126
S-127
WYE.D1113-SC-S-126
WYE.D1113-SC-S-127
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT UPPER 1ST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 2ND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
1:200
1:200
A
A

other bespoke analyses


S-128 WYE.D1113-SC-S-128 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 3RD FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
S-129
S-130
WYE.D1113-SC-S-129
WYE.D1113-SC-S-130
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT TYPICAL (4TH TO 9TH FLOOR) FRAMING PLAN
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT 10TH FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
1:200
1:200
A
A

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


S-131 WYE.D1113-SC-S-131 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1:200 A

SECTION DETAILS

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties S-200
S-201
WYE.D1113-SC-S-200
WYE.D1113-SC-S-201
FOUNDATION, BASEMENT 1 AND 2 SECTION DETAILS
GROUND FLOOR SECTION DETAILS
1:200
1:200
A
A

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member S-202
S-203
WYE.D1113-SC-S-202
WYE.D1113-SC-S-203
LOWER/UPPER MEZZANINE, LOWER/UPPER 1ST FLOOR SECTION DETAILS
TYPICAL FLOORS AND ROOF SECTION DETAILS
1:200
1:200
A
A

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
in following table:

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G E N ER A L N OT ES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT

JT & PARTNERS SC-S-000 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL


503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-000 NTS
P.O. Box 112825

Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
JANUARY 2017
D R A W I N G L I S T
dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers DUBAI P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
ABU DHABI P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994

PAR T NE R S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
36 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
GENERAL
G.1 ALL STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL ARCHITECTURAL AND OTHER
C.10 CAMBER TO SUSPENDED REINFORCED CONCRETE SLABS AND BEAMS TO BE AS
PER SPECIFICATIONS.
S.13 ALL STRUCTURAL STEELWORK SHALL BE SURFACE PREPARED, PRIMED AND PAINTED WITH EPOXY BASED ZINC RICH
PAINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONE.
FOUNDATION AND STRUCTURES IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND LEGEND:
CONSULTANTS' DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ANY SUCH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AS MAY BE ISSUED.

• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
F.1 ALL FOOTING EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE CLEANED OF LOOSE MATERIAL AND WATER.
C.11 ALL OPENINGS OR SLEEVES FOR PIPING AND OTHER SERVICES SHALL BE FORMED IN POSITION BEFORE S.14 PROPRIETARY SHEAR STUDS USE IN COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO BS 5950: PART 3.1 - COLUMN / WALL
G.2 ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ENGINEER FOR
CASTING CONCRETE. F.2 ALL FOUNDATION MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE ENGINEER BEFORE ANY CONCRETE IS PLACED.
CLARIFICATIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. S.15 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW IN HIS TENDER FOR TESTING OF WELDS AS PER SPECIFICATION BY AN
C.12 BLOCKWORK SHALL NOT BE BUILT ON CONCRETE SLABS OR BEAMS UNTIL FORMWORK HAS BEEN REMOVED. INDEPENDENT ACCREDITED TESTING AGENCY APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. F.3 WHERE VERIFIED FOUNDATION MATERIAL IS FOUND LOWER THAN THE UNDERSIDE OF FOOTINGS AS - COLUMN / WALL UNDER

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
G.3 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS, ALL LEVELS ARE EXPRESSED IN METERS UNLESS NOTED
DETAILED, BACKFILL THE SPACE BETWEEN FOUNDING MATERIAL AND FOOTING SOFFIT WITH GRADE 20 LEAN
OTHERWISE. C.13 ALL NON LOAD-BEARING WALLS SHALL BE KEPT CLEAR OF THE UNDERSIDE OF SLABS AND BEAMS BY 20MM, S.16 FIRE PROOFING ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS EXPOSED AT PUBLIC AREAS SHALL BE APPLIED WITH PROTECTIVE CONCRETE (fcu = 20 N/mm²).
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE GAP SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY FILLED WITH A COMPRESSIBLE FILLER AND COATING AND INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING FOR FIRE RATING SPECIFIED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
G.4 SETTING-OUT DIMENSIONS AND SIZES OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE OBTAINED BY SCALING SEALED AS PER SPECIFICATIONS. SIMILARLY, VERTICAL INTERFACES BETWEEN RC COLUMNS/WALLS AND NON - COLUMN / WALL PLANTED AT THIS FLOOR
F.4 ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE CONCENTRIC WITH SUPPORTING FOOTINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
LOAD-BEARING WALLS SHALL BE TREATED WITH APPROPRIATE JOINT DETAILS/SEALANTS ACCORDING TO S.17 STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS CONCEALED WITHIN CEILING SPACE SUPPORTING THE FLOORS SHALL BE

all disciplines
THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ON THE DRAWINGS.
SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS. FIREPROOFED WITH VERMICULITE OR CEMENTITIOUS FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR SPECIFIED FIRE RATING.
G.5 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT BUILDERS WORK DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN NECESSARY APPROVAL FROM STATUTORY AUTHORITIES FOR THE MATERIALS USED, F.5 ADEQUATE TEMPORARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING DEWATERING SYSTEMS, DRAIN CHANNELS, SUMPS
C.14 WATERSTOPS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OF WALLS OR SLABS EXPOSED TO THE DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE TO THE SPECIFIED FIRE RATING PERFORMANCE. - CONTINUOUS PLANTED COLUMN / WALL
SERVICES, PENETRATIONS ETC. FOR THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE BY AND PUMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE DRY SITE CONDITIONS AND THE STABILITY OF THE BASE OF THE
DETAILED PLANT INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. GROUND, WEATHER OR WATER SUCH AS RETAINING WALLS, LIFT PITS, OPEN AREAS AND MECHANICAL EXCAVATION AT ALL TIMES. THE DESIGN OF SUCH DRAINS AND DISCHARGE POINTS SHALL BE AS PER THE
FLOORS, ETC. WHETHER SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR NOT. S.18 ALL BRACKETS FOR SERVICES & SECONDARY STRUCTURES (EG. CEILING) SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO REGULATIONS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER.

• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
APPLICATION OF FIRE PROOFING MATERIAL. ANY REPAIR TO DAMAGED SURFACE SHALL BE MADE GOOD AT NO EXTRA - PLANTED COLUMN / WALL TERMINATED
G.6 RECORD DRAWINGS C.15 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, A MINIMUM 75MM THICK LEAN BLINDING CONCRETE LAYER (GRADE 20) SHALL BE COST. F.6 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERTAKE GROUTING OF CAVITIES FOUND, IF ANY, BENEATH ANY FOUNDATIONS
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE AS BUILT WORKS FOR THE PROVIDED ON ALL SOIL SURFACES FORMING THE UNDERSIDE OF ANY REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS, OR STRUCTURES IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND AT HIS OWN COST
ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. SLABS, RAFTS, SUMP PITS, FOOTINGS, ETC. S.19 ALL STEELWORK CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING TYPICAL CONNECTIONS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE AND TIME TO THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. - CONCRETE TOPPING

of design approach for walls


DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS 5950. BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL, UNLESS NOTED
G.7 ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT C.16 THE CEMENT USED IN CONCRETE SHALL BE USED TYPE I WITH ADDITIVES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OTHERWISE, UTILISE GRADE 8.8 BOLTS TO BS 3692 OR BS 4190, MINIMUM DIAMETER 20MM, WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO F.7 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CLAUSES BELOW FOR FINAL EXCAVATION TO THE
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT AROUND THE BUILDING IN SPECIFICATION. BOLTS PER CONNECTION. FOUNDATION LEVEL OF THE FOOTING. THE LEVEL OF GROUND AT THE SOFFIT OF BLINDING ETC BENEATH THE
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RAK MUNICIPALITY REGULATIONS. FOOTING WHERE THE SPECIFIED BEARING CAPACITY CAN BE ACHIEVED IS CONSIDERED AS THE FOUNDATION - STRUCTURAL LEVEL
C.17 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTROL THE PEAK AND MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURES IN CONCRETE BOLTS OF DIAMETER 30MM OR GREATER SHALL BE HIGH STRENGTH FRICTION GRIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS 4395 LEVEL OF FOOTING.
IN STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS THICKER THAN 600MM BY APPROVED MEANS, E.G. USING CHILLED WATER, PBFC, PART 1.

Attend site during the soil investigation


G.8 LEVELS


SILICA ETC., AND MONITOR THESE WITH THERMOCOUPLES, ETC IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATION. F.8 FINAL EXCAVATION TO FOUNDATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE CARRIED OUT AT A COLUMN LOCATION IN A SLAB THK.= 280mm - SLAB THICKNESS
AT THIS STAGE LEVELS ARE NOT TIED TO ANY DATUM AND REFERS TO NATURAL GROUND LEVEL ON SITE. ALL CONNECTION DESIGN SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF BS 5950, BS EN 1993 1-2:2005- DESIGN SITUATION WHERE THE SURFACE WILL BE LEFT EXPOSED WITHOUT BLINDING FOR MORE THAN 24 HOURS. A
LEVELS TO BE TIED TO RAK DATUM BY THE ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION CAMPAIGN. C.18 FORMED SURFACES SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING FINISH TYPES AS DEFINED BY THE SPECIFICATION. OF STEEL STRUCTURES AND BS EN 1993 1-8:2005- DESIGN OF JOINTS WHERE APPLICABLE AND AS REFERRED TO IN BS MINIMUM COVER OF 600MM ABOVE THE FOUNDATION LEVEL OF SHALL BE KEPT BEFORE THE FINAL
EXPOSED COLUMNS, WALLS & SLAB SOFFIT : TYPE C (SUPERIOR) 5950. EXCAVATION. 200 - SLAB SET DOWN
G.9 ANY SETTING-OUT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE VERIFIED ON SITE FOUNDATION : TYPE A (PLAIN SMOOTH)

Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR A MINIMUM SHEAR SHALL BE 75KN. (IN ADDITION TO ANY AXIAL LOADS AND


AND CROSS REFERENCED WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE ALL OTHER FORMED SURFACES : TYPE B (FINE SMOOTH) F.9 THE FOUNDATION LEVEL SHALL BE CLEAR OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS AND OTHER DEBRIS.
FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS. BENDING MOMENTS). MIN 2 NUMBER M20 BOLTS PER CONNECTION. U.N.O
C.19 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE BY THE ENGINEER, PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH - NEW BOREHOLES (ABH)
F.10 THE CONTRACTOR'S TO HIRE SERVICES OF A GEOLOGIST/GEOTECHNICAL TO OVERSEE ALL EXCAVATION
HOT-WEATHER PLACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATION. EACH CONNECTION TO BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND A TIE FORCE OF 75KN AT ULS IN ADDITION TO ANY AXIAL LOADS WORKS.
G.10 DURING CONSTRUCTION THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A STABLE CONDITION. AND BENDING MOMENTS OR EQUAL TO THE SPECIFIED SHEAR FY IF GREATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CL 2.4.5.3 OF BS
CONSTRUCTION LOADS MUST NOT EXCEED THE CAPACITY OF THE STRUCTURE. REFER TO KEY PLANS C.20 THERE SHALL BE NO CAST-IN PIPES WITHIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN 5950-1:2000 F.11 AT / BELOW FOUNDATION LEVEL ANY SOFT SPOTS, LOOSE MATERIALS, OR HIGHLY FRACTURED ROCK

Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction


- EXISTING BOREHOLES (BH)


AND LOADING MAPS FOR DESIGN LOADS. APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. FOR BRACING MEMBERS AND TRUSS MEMBERS, NO ECCENTRICITY OF THE MEMBER CENTROIDAL AXES MEETING AT WHICH IS DISTURBED OR DISLODGED SHALL BE REMOVED AND BACKFILLED WITH MASS CONCRETE OF
A NODE SHALL BE ALLOWED, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. GRADE 20.
C.21 BEAM DEPTHS ANNOTATED INCLUDE THE OVERALL DEPTH OF BEAM AND THE SLAB THICKNESS.
G.11 ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESIGN SHALL TAKE ACCOUNT OF ALL FORCES RESULTING OR ARISING FROM DESIGN FORCES STIPULATED. PLT1-PLT10 - PLT: LOCATION OF PLATE
CURRENT EDITIONS, INCLUDING AMENDMENTS, OF THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS. F.12 ANY AREA OF THE FOUNDATION, WHICH IS EXPOSED TO RAIN WATER OR GROUNDWATER INGRESS SHALL BE
BEARING TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED

and the effect on pile design.


C.22 ALL SCREEDS ON SLABS TO BE LIGHT WEIGHT AIR ENTRAINED OR FOAMED SCREED WITH A MAXIMUM EXAMINED BY THE EXPERIENCED GEOLOGIST/GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER
DENSITY OF 1000 Kg/m³ PERLITE OR SIMILAR APPROVED FOR SCREED THICKNESS OF MORE THAN 100mm. THE LOCAL CAPACITY AND STABILITY OF ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE ENSURED BY PROVISION OF STIFFENING BEFORE BLINDING OPERATION TO ENSURE NO LOCALISED SOFTENING OF THE FORMATION TAKES PLACE.
G.12 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR BLOCK WALL/DRYWALL THICKNESS WHERE NOT MENTIONED SEE LOADING MAPS FOR DETAILS. PLATES AS REQUIRED.
ON THESE DRAWINGS AND FOR FALLS IN SLABS, EXTRA PACKINGS, WATER-PROOFING MEMBRANES, ROOF F.13 THE FINAL EXCAVATION TO FORMATION LEVEL, LOGGING OF ROCK/SOIL AT FORMATION LEVEL AND BLINDING
MEMBRANE CONTRACTION JOINT FILLING MATERIALS AND ALL ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES SUCH AS DRIP E.20 NOMINALLY PINNED CONNECTIONS OR CONNECTIONS SPECIFIED TO BEHAVE SIMPLY SHALL BE DESIGNED IN SUCH A SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A STAGED MANNER, COMPLETING EACH AREA PROMPTLY SUCH THAT BLINDING IS
GROOVES, POUR BREAKS IN OFF-FORM CONCRETE, FILLETS, ETC. REINFORCEMENT MANNER THAT SIGNIFICANT MOMENTS THAT MIGHT ADVERSELY AFFECT MEMBERS OF THE STRUCTURE CANNOT BE PLACED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. - U.N.O COLUMNS AND WALLS ARE SET OUT SYMMETRICALLY AT

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report WATER


in into
PROOFING the design of
DEVELOPED. THE INTERSECTION OF THE GRIDLINES.
R.1 ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST BS 4449 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRESS, 460 OR MPA F.14 THE BLINDING CONCRETE SHALL BE INSTALLED ONLY UPON APPROVAL OF THE FOUNDATION LEVEL BY THE - ALL SETTING OUT TO CENTER LINE OF COLUMN.
G.13 WHERE EXCAVATION WORK IS TO BE CARRIED OUT ADJACENT TO EXISTING FOOTINGS OR STRUCTURES, ENGINEER.
(HIGH YIELD STRENGTH DEFORMED BAR, TYPE 2).
THE EXACT LEVEL OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE FOOTINGS SHALL BE OBTAINED BY TEST PITS PRIOR TO
W.1 ALL CONCRETE SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH SOIL OR WATER (e.g. BELOW GRADE AND AT-GRADE STRUCTURES, etc.)

the enabling works and foundations


EXCAVATION. UNDERPINNING AND SHORING OF THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE CARRIED OUT AS NECESSARY F.15 ANY EXCAVATION CARRIED OUT BELOW THE FOUNDATION LEVEL SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH GRADE 20
AND THE EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A STABLE AND UNDAMAGED CONDITION. R.2 ALL STEEL FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST BS 4483 WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 485+MPA. SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A BONDED WATERPROOFING SYSTEM SUCH AS GRACE BITUTHENE 8000 HC AND PREPRUFE
CONCRETE TO THE ENGINEER'S REQUIREMENTS.
OR SIMILAR APPROVED. ALL WATER PROOFING SYSTEMS BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER W/ ALL AUXILIARY PRODUCTS
SUCH AS WATER STOPS/TAPES/BOARDS/GEOSYNTHETIC SHEETS/SEALANTS/FLANGES, ETC. PROCURED AS A SINGLE
G.14 FOR SLABS OVER 60 METERS IN ANY HORIZONTAL DIRECTION; POUR STRIPS @30m c/c SHALL BE R.3 FIX REINFORCEMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. THE TYPE AND GRADE IS INDICATED BY A SYMBOL AS SHOWN
SYSTEM. ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN THE BASEMENT SLAB AND WALLS IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND OR WATER
F. 16 THE DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS AND ALL SOIL RETAINING STRUCTURES ARE CURRENTLY IN ABEYANCE ABBREVIATIONS:
PROVIDED IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR NOT. INCOMPLETE STRUCTURAL BELOW. ON THE DRAWINGS THIS IS FOLLOWED BY A NUMERAL WHICH INDICATES THE SIZE OF BAR IN AND AWAIT INFORMATION FROM ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT. ANY FOUNDATIONS
SHALL INCLUDE REINJECTABLE HOLES RUNNING CONTINUOUSLY OVER THE LENGTH OF ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN OR SOIL RETAINING STRUCTURES DEFINED IN THESE DRAWINGS MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHANGE UPON B - BOTTOM

Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
MILLIMETRES.


SPAN WITH THE POUR STRIP SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY PROPS UNTIL POUR STRIP IS CAST AND GAINS A MANNER THAT ALL ENSURES THAT ALL CJ's MAY BE REINJECTED AS REQUIRED OVER THE LIFE OF THE BUILDING. RECEIPT OF THE SOILS REPORT. BF - BOTH FACES
FULL STRENGTH. REINFORCEMENT MUST BE LAPPED AT POUR STRIPS TO ALLOW SHRINKAGE MOVEMENT HOLES AND REINJECTABLE SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPATBLE WITH WATER PROOFING SYSTEM SPECIFIED. B/W, BW - BOTH WAYS
OF THE BUILDING ON EITHER SIDE OF THE STRIP. CONCRETING OF POUR STRIPS SHOULD NOT TAKE T - DENOTES HIGH YIELD DEFORMED BAR
EF - EACH FACE
PLACE UNTIL A MINIMUM OF 56 DAYS AFTER CASTING OF SLABS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE STRIP, UNLESS
OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
A,B,D,E - DENOTES FABRIC CORRESPONDING TO MESH TYPES A, B, D, E. W.2 ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, IN THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN CONTACT WITH GROUND, WATER OR EXPOSED TO CURTAIN WALL DESIGN FL
FF
- FINISH FLOOR LEVEL
- FAR FACE
R - DENOTES MILD STEEL WEATHER SHALL INCORPORATE A SHEAR KEY AND BE PROTECTED BY AN APPROVED REAR GUARD AND A
GALV - GALVANISED

Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


CD.1 THE CURTAIN WALL SHALL INCORPORATE SUFFICIENT FLEXIBILITY TO ACCOMMODATE ALL


HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP.
HCS - HOLLOWCORE SLAB
G.15 THE CONTRACTOR IS DEEMED TO HAVE ALLOWED FOR PROVIDING ALL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR THE THE NOTATION 30T16-200 MEANS 30 BARS OF 16MM DIA. SPACED AT 200 CENTRES. ANTICIPATED MOVEMENTS IN THE STRUCTURE, INCLUDING THOSE DUE TO CREEP, SHRINKAGE,
HOR - HORIZONTAL
CONSTRUCTION OF ALL WORKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS, WITHOUT OVERSTRESSING OR THE NOTATION 2R12-300 MEANS R12 LINKS (SETS OF TWO) AT 300 CENTRES. W.3 FOR TYPICAL WATER PROOFING DETAILS REFER TO STANDARD DETAILS. THERMAL EFFECTS, LATERAL MOVEMENTS DUE TO WIND OR SEISMIC.
Ldt - TENSION DEVOLOPMENT LENGTH
IMPAIRING THE PERMANENT STRUCTURE DURING THE TEMPORARY STAGES. IN SLABS, THE SUBSEQUENT LAYERS OF REINFORCEMENT ARE NOTED THUS: LST, TL - TENSION LAP LENGTH
W.4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING WATERPROOFING DETAILS AT VARIOUS CD.2 NOT WITHSTANDING THE ABOVE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CARRY OUT ANY ADDITIONAL TESTING MAX - MAXIMUM
AREAS FOR THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. HE DEEMS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE CLADDING SYSTEM. MIN - MINIMUM

Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


T4


G.16 ALL SECONDARY SUPPORT FOR SUPPORTING, FACADE CURTAIN WALL / STONE CLADDING / VERTICAL B1 = BOTTOM LAYER LAID FIRST T3
MAX. (NOMINAL) STORY DRIFT FOR SEISMIC OR WIND CASE IS 5mm IN ANY DIRECTION FOR A MOW - MINISTRY OF WORKS
SCREENS ETC SHALL BE DESIGNED AND DETAILED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE W.5 APPLY ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING MATERIAL TO ALL INTERNAL SURFACES OF WATER FEATURES, WATER TANKS 4000mm HIGH PANEL (SEE SKETCH BELOW). THE FOLLOWING SETTLEMENT CRITERIA SHALL BE MS
B2 = BOTTOM LAYER LAID SECOND - MILD STEEL
ARCHITECTURAL INTENT.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND LIFTS ETC IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION. CONSIDERED IN THE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF THE CURTAIN WALLS. NF - NEAR FACE
CALCULATIONS ENDORSED BY HIS P.E TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND RESPONSE AND B3 = BOTTOM LAYER LAID THIRD T1
T2 TOP NTS - NOT TO SCALE
SUBSEQUENTLY TO THE AUTHORITIES AS NECESSARY. B4 = BOTTOM LAYER LAID FORTH P.E

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture


W.6 REFER TO ARCHITECT'S DETAILS FOR WATER PROOFING DETAILS FOR: - PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S
B3 B4 RC - REINFORCED CONCRETE
T1 = TOP LAYER LAID LAST RD - RELATIVE DENSITY
- BASEMENT SLAB AND WALLS - LANDSCAPED AREAS - INSITU PLANTERS
G.17 FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE STRUCTURE ARE AS SUMMARIZED BELOW IN ACCORDANCE T2 = TOP LAYER LAID THIRD - TANK WALLS - SWIMMING POOL/JACUZZI SLAB AND WALLS REINF - REINFORCEMENT
WITH FIRE ENGINEER REPORT: SSL - STRUCTURAL SLAB LEVEL
T3 = TOP LAYER LAID SECOND B1 B2 U.N.O.WATER TANK SLAB AND WALLS SHALL BE COATED WITH A CEMENTITIOUS CRYSTALLINE SOP
- LOAD BEARING WALLS, COLUMNS & MEGA BRACING - 2 hrs - SETTING OUT POINT
T4 = TOP LAYER LAID FIRST T

Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the projectPRECONDITION SURVEY
WATERPROOFING TYPE SUCH AS XYPEX OR EQUIVALENT APPROVED. THE MATERIAL SHALL BE - TOP


- FLOOR CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING BEAMS - 2 hrs BOTTOM
NON-TOXIC AND NON-HAZARDOUS. PANEL ELEVATION TA - TENSION ANCHORAGE (TENSION DEVELOPMENT LENGTH)
- SHAFTS AND STAIR WALLS - 2 hrs THK - THICKNESS
R.4 PROVIDE BAR SUPPORTS OR SPACERS TO GIVE THE SPECIFIED CONCRETE COVER TO ALL REINFORCEMENTS TL - TENSION LAP
UNLESS NOTED ON DRAWINGS.
G.18 WIND LOADS TO BE APPLIED TO THE STRUCTURE HAVE BEEN CALCULATED USING ASCE7 - 07/05 WITH A FORMWORK T.O.W
UB
- TOP OF WALL
- UNIVERSAL BEAM
WIND SPEED OF 45M/S. PS1. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PREPARE A FULL PRECONDITION SURVEY INCLUDING PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD OF ALL U/S - UPSTAND

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200


R.5 ALL REINFORCEMENT TO BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON APPROVED CHAIRS GENERALLY AT NOT GREATER THAN BUILDINGS, STREETS AND UNDERGROUND SERVICES INCLUDING THE ADJACENT QUAY WALL AND RETAINING WALLS OR FW.1 FORMWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH BS 5975.
UNO - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
CODES OF PRACTICE 750MM CENTRES BOTH WAYS. BARS TO BE TIED AT ALTERNATE INTERSECTIONS. OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE NORTH END OF THE SITE LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY TEMPORARY AND/OR PERMANENT FW.2 BUILD FORMWORK TO SPECIFIED STANDARDS AND FROM ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FOR BUILT-IN VER - VERTICAL
WORKS ON THE SITE AS NECESSARY. FIXINGS, REBATES, FLASHINGS, TIES & MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SERVICES ETC.. WCR - WATER CEMENT RATIO
GENERAL: U.N.O. AND WHERE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AS APPLIED IN
R.6 BARS SHOWN STAGGERED ON PLAN SHALL BE PLACED ALTERNATELY.
RAS AL KHAIMAH, UAE. PS2. THE OVERALL PRECONDITION SURVEY, MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER, NOT LATER THAN TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO

Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


FW.3


ANY WORKS COMMENCING ON SITE. A COPY OF THE COMPLETE REPORT MUST BE RETAINED ON SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSALS FOR FORMWORK INCLUDING FORMWORK SYSTEMS AND DETAILS
CONCRETE DESIGN: ACI - 318:14 R.7 BARS SHOULD BE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED OVER THE EXTENT INDICATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. INCLUDING CALCULATIONS AT THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE PROJECT FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. STANDARD SYMBOLS
DISTRIBUTION REINFORCEMENT AT RIGHT ANGLE TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT OVER AND ABOVE THE MAIN
STEEL WORK DESIGN: AISC - 360:10 REINFORCEMENT, SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW OR EQUIVALENT, OR AS SHOWN ON PLANS, WHICHEVER BACKFILL AND EXCAVATION WORKS FW.4 WHERE NOT EXPOSED IN THE FINAL STRUCTURE, FORMWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO PREVENT BLEEDING : LEVELS ON SECTIONS
MORE. THE MAIN REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN DISTRIBUTION REINFORCEMENT. E.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT COMMENCE BACKFILLING BEHIND THE BASEMENT WALLS PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE DURING POURING OF CONCRETE AND TO TOLERANCES COMPATIBLE WITH APPLIED FINISHES & DETAILS AS PER THE OR ELEVATIONS
LOADING: BS 6399 / 96 ENGINEES. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT SUFFICIENT PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES AND MONITOR SPECIFICATION. : DETAIL MARK

• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project R.8 REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE CUT ON SITE FOR ANY PURPOSES UNLESS PERMITTED BY THE ENGINEER. THESE MEASURES DURING EXCAVATION WORKS TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO DAMAGE TO NEIGHBORING
SEISMIC DESIGN: UBC 97 PROPERTIES. THE WORD "PROPERTIES" REFERS BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO BUILDINGS, BRIDGES, ROADS, PAVEMENTS, FW.5 WHERE EXPOSED IN THE FINAL STRUCTURE, FORMWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE THE SPECIFIED
BARS CONFLICTING WITH SMALL OPENING SHALL BE DISPLACED AS DIRECTED ON SITE BY THE ENGINEER. : LEVELS ON PLANS
CONCRETE DETAILING: ACI DETAILING MANUAL (2004) - SP66(04) 14CL
WALKWAYS AND ALL OTHER GROUND, UNDERGROUND AND ABOVE GROUND STRUCTURES. FINISH AS NOTED IN CONCRETE GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATION. OR GA'S 2
FW.6 STRIPPING OF FORMWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SPECIFICATION. DWG. No
ACI - 315:999 AND ACI - 315R:04 R.9 WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. E.2 FOR ALL EXCAVATION OR BASEMENT WORKS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN AND

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large


CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL TEMPORARY EARTH RETENTION SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT THE FW.7 PROVIDE BACKPROPPING FOR THE EXTENT AND CAPACITY AS DISCUSSED WITH AND APPROVED BY ENGINEER TO
CONCRETE R.10 REINFORCEMENT MUST NOT BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH MOVEMENT JOINTS. TEMPORARY EARTH RETAINING WORKS ARE DESIGNED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER WHO SHALL ENDORSE AND CERTIFY SUIT CONCRETE STRENGTH, STRIPPING TIMES AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES.
: SETTING OUT POINT

C.1 CONCRETE STRENGTH AND QUALITY - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SLUMP SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH ON THE TEMPORARY EARTH RETAINING WORKS DRAWING.
CONCRETE GRADE, PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT AND WORKABILITY REQUIRED AT SITE AND AS FOLLOWS R.11 THE FACE OF ALL CONCRETE MECHANICALLY SCRABBLED, FULLY EXPOSING THE AGGREGATE AT : OPENING IN FLOOR
E.3 FOR EXCAVATION OR BASEMENT WORKS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE ALLOWABLE LIMITS OF GROUND TIMBER
floor plates
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. OR WALL : STANDARD DETAIL MARK
A.) AGGREGATE SIZE AS PER SPECIFICATION. MOVEMENTS AT 2 CRITICAL LEVELS (I.E. ALERT AND WORK SUSPENSION LEVELS) AND THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED
B.) SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RELEVANT BRITISH STANDARDS. SAMPLING AND TESTING TO ENSURE THAT THE WORKS CARRIED OUT ON SITE COMPLY WITH THE STATED LIMITS ON THE TEMPORARY WORKS T.1 ALL TIMBER SHOULD CARRY AN FSC OR AGREED EQUIVALENT STAMP. WHERE REQUIRED BY THE SUSTAINABILITY
CONCRETE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION BS 8500, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE R.12 BARS SHOULD BE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED OVER THE EXTENT INDICATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSED ENGINEER IS REQUIRED TO CERTIFY AND ENDORSE THE DRAWING. CONSULTANT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF ORIGIN. : STEP IN LEVEL ON
INDICATING ALERT AND WORK AND SUSPENSION LEVELS AS NECESSARY. NECESSARY MONITORING SHALL BE
ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS.
CARRIED OUT AT SITE TO MEET SUCH REQUIREMENTS. T.2 ALL TIMBER WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH BS 5168 AND RELATED STANDARDS.
PLANS OR GA'S C

Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
R.13 THE STANDARD DETAILS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS INDICATE DETAILS TO BE FOLLOWED FOR SPECIAL


DWG. No.
C.2 MIN. CONCRETE CYLINDRICAL STRRENGTH (f'c) / CUBE STRENGTH (FCU) AND CONCRETE SERVICE CIRCUMSTANCES.
ENVIRONMENT ARE AS FOLLOWS U.N.O E.4 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL TEMPORARY EARTH RETAINING WORKS ARE CARRIED OUT IN T.3 ALL TIMBER TO BE MINIMUM GRADE C14 UNO.
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS OF THE TEMPORARY WORKS AS IN CONDITION E.2 ABOVE AND IS REQUIRED TO
R.14 REINFORCEMENT QUANTITIES REPORT TO THE ENGINEER WHEN THE ALLOWABLE VALUES STATED IN CONDITION E.2 ABOVE ARE ENCOUNTERED AT
SUBSTRUCTURE (PILES, PILE CAP, RAFT) * - GRADE 32 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 40 MPa (Fcu) T.4 ALL GLULAM SECTIONS TO BE MINIMUM GRADE GL28 UNO.
1 ELEVATION 1 : SUBTITLE FOR

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


RETAINING WALLS * - GRADE 32 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 40 MPA (Fcu) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS REINFORCEMENT QUANTITIES SHALL BE TAKEN FOR TENDER SITE OR IF DAMAGE HAVE OCCURRED ON NEIGHBORING PROPERTIES, W/C EVER TAKES PLACE EARLIER. WHEN SUCH A
: NORTH ARROW ELEVATION
COLUMNS (BASEMENT TO LEVEL 1) - GRADE 48 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 60 MPa (Fcu) PURPOSE AS FOLLOWS. SITUATION OCCURS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE MEASURES. T.5 ALL JOISTS AND STUDS SHOULD BE NOGGED AT MID SPAN UNO. DWG. No. SCALE 1:100 DRAWING
COLUMNS (LEVEL 1 TO ROOF) - GRADE 48 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 60 MPA (Fcu) - FOUNDATION / RAFT - 150 Kg/m³ - RETAINING WALLS - 130 Kg/m³
CORE WALLS / BEAMS / SLABS - GRADE 32 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 40 MPA (Fcu) E.5 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE IMMEDIATE ACTION TO PROP OR TAKE OTHER PHYSICAL MEASURES STRUCTURAL T.5 PLYWOOD: WBP, WISA-SPRUCE OR EQUIVALENT APPROVED TO BS636-PT3.
- PILE CAPS - 180 Kg/m³ - SUSPENDED SLAB - 140 Kg/m³ CONDITIONS ARE UNSAFE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY OBTAIN HIS LICENSED ENGINEER'S ADVICE ON
WATER TANK, SWIMMING POOL ETC. - GRADE 32 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 40 MPa (Fcu) - COLUMNS - 220 Kg/m³ - RC BEAMS - 180 Kg/m³ THESE MEASURES. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO NOTIFY THE AUTHORITIES WHEN SUCH A SITUATION OCCURS. T.6 ALL SCREWS TO BE PREDRILLED. MINIMUM FIXING EDGE DISTANCES (5 X DIA.) AND SPACINGS (10 X DIA.) TO BE
SECTION A
PCC, SCREED, BLINDING - GRADE 16 MPa (f'c) / GRADE 20 MPa (Fcu)

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy


- SHEAR WALLS - 220 Kg/m³ - TRANSFER BEAMS - 150 Kg/m³ : SUBTITLE FOR
FOR ALL VERTICAL ELEMENTS (COLUMNS + WALLS) PROVIDE 5% MICRO SILICA IN CONCRETE MIX.
E.6 ADEQUATE TEMPORARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING DEWATERING SYSTEM, DRAIN CHANNELS.
RESPECTED AT ALL TIMES UNO. 2 SECTION
STEEL NOTES
* FOR ALL CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND USE CEMENT REPLACEMENT WITH MIN. T.7 ALL BOLTS ARE TO BE MINIMUM GRADE 5.6, GALVANISED.
1 : ELEVATION MARK DWG. No. SCALE 1:25 DRAWING
DWG No.
70%GGBFS + MIN. 5% MICRO SILLICA + CORROSION INHIBITOR IN CONCRETE MIX. . SUMPS AND PUMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE DRY SITE CONDITIONS AND THE STABILITY OF THE BASE OF THE
S.1 ALL STEELWORKS TO BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED AND PAINTED TO SPECIFICATION. EXCAVATIONS AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN OF SUCH DRAINS AND DISCHARGE POINTS SHALL BE AS PER T.8 ALL BOLTS/ANCHORS TO BE FITTED WITH WASHERS OF OUTSIDE DIA. 3 X BOLT DIA.

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER, MM (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS) THE LOCAL REGULATIONS AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER.
ELEMENT INTERNAL EXTERNAL CAST NATURAL AGAINST
S.2 ALL STEEL SHALL BE MILD STEEL TO GRADE S355J2 TO BS 5950 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. T9 ALL SECONDARY TIMBER PURLINS TO BE SHEATHED WITH 18mm PLY, NAILED WITH 3.75mmØ NAILS AT 75CRS TO
: SECTION MARK 3 DETAIL 2 : SUBTITLE
FOR DETAIL
NATURAL GROUND TEMPORARY EARTH RETAINING SYSTEM EDGES AND 150mm CENTRES INTERNALLY UNO. ALL ROOF SHEATHING JOINTS TO BE STAGGERED. DOUBLE UP A
S.3 FOR PROTECTIVE TREATMENT OF STEELWORK, REFER TO STEELWORK SPECIFICATION. SECONDARY PURLINS BELOW SHEATHING BOARD JOINTS. LAY PANELS WITH THE FACE GRIN PARALLEL TO SPAN. DWG No.
DWG. No. SCALE 1:25 DRAWING
SLAB 25 40 50 T.1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND ENGAGE A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER (PE) TO DESIGN ENSURE JOIST ARE DRY AND EVEN, PRESENTING A LEVEL SURFACE (REGULARISE, IF NECESSARY)
BEAMS 40 40 50 S.4 ALL STEEL SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST BS CODE AND WITH THE
AND SUPERVISE THE INSTALLATION AND ERECTION OF ANY TEMPORARY TEMPORARY WORKS.

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEELWORK. A COPY OF BOTH THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE KEPT ON SITE.
COLUMNS 40 40 50
WALLS 25 40 50
S.5 SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AND APPROVAL OBTAINED BEFORE COMMENCING
T.2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RECTIFICATION OF ALL DEFECTS TO ANY AND ALL
NEIGHBORING PROPERTIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE ARISING FROM THIS CONTRACT.
: REVISION MARK
1 DETAIL : SUBTITLE FOR
STANDARD DETAIL
FOUNDATIONS - 50 (INSULATED) 75 FABRICATION.
PILES - - 75
DWG. No. SCALE 1:20 DRAWING

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure


BLOCKWORK
(COVER IS THE CLEAR DISTANCE FROM THE CONCRETE SURFACE TO THE NEAREST OF ANY
S.6 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: WELDS TO BE 6MM MIN. CONTINUOUS FILLET LAID DOWN WITH APPROVED COVERED
REINFORCEMENT BARS OR LINKS.) ELECTRODEE. BOLTS TO BE 20MM DIAMETER HIGH STRENGTH GRADE 8.8 IN 2MM MIN. CLEARANCE HOLES, GUSSET
B.1 LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3 N/mm² AND MAXIMUM DENSITY
PLATES TO BE 10MM THICK.
OF 750 Kg/m³ (UNO). MORTAR SHALL BE DESIGNATION (iii) TO BS 5628, USING CEMENT TO BS12.
C.3 ALL CONCRETE SPECIFIED SHALL BE CUBE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS. CONCRETE GRADES SHALL BE AS
SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS, EXCEPT LEAN CONCRETE SHALL BE GRADE 20. S.7 WHERE SPECIFIED STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE WITH BRC A6 WIRE MESH PLACED 25MM
B.2 NORMAL WEIGHT HOLLOW BLOCKS WITH A MINIMUM MEDIUM DENSE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 10 N/mm² @ 28
CLEAR OF STEEL TO PROVIDE 50MM MINIMUM COVER OR 75MM WHERE EXPOSED TO EARTH.
DAYS AND MAXIMUM DENSITY OF 2100 Kg/m² SHALL BE DESIGNATION (iii) TO BS 5628.
C.4 CONCRETE SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED BY VIBRATION. CURE ALL CONCRETE SURFACES AS DIRECTED BY THE
SPECIFICATION. S.8 ALL STRUCTURAL STEELWORK BELOW GROUND SHALL BE ENCASED BY GRADE 20 CONCRETE, 75MM COVER.
FOR LOCATION REFER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BUT GENERALLY PARTY WALL 200mm THICK NORMAL WEIGHT
BLOCKWALL AND ALL INTERNAL PARTITION GENERALLY 100/200mm LIGHT-WEIGHT BLOCKWALL REF. S-017 FOR
C.5 ALL CONCRETE SIZES AND LEVELS ARE TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. S.9 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BRACING SHOULD BE PROVIDED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION ENSURING SAFETY AND
DETAILS.
STABILITY DURING ERECTION OF STEEL FRAMEE.
C.6 SIZES OF CONCRETE ELEMENTS DO NOT INCLUDE THICKNESS OF APPLIED FINISHES.
S.10 ALL JOINTS USING HIGH STRENGTH FRICTION GRIP (HSFG) BOLTS ARE TO BE GIVEN A DISTINCTIVE COLOUR FLASH
C.7 BEAM SIZES DEPTH x WIDTH. FOR READY IDENTIFICATION. LIGHT WEIGHT CONCRETE SCREEDS
S.11 WHERE DENOTED AS HSFG BOLTS, CONTACT SURFACES MUST NOT BE PAINTED. UPTO 100mm THICKNESS - NORMAL WEIGHT SCREED 22 kN/m³
C.8 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS OR POUR STRIPS WHERE NOT SHOWN ON PLANS OR DETAILS SHALL BE LOCATED AND
FORMED TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH G14. FOR > 100mm THICKNESS - LIGHT WEIGHT SCREED PERLITE OR SIMILAR APPROVED 11 kN/m³
S.12 LOAD INDICATING WASHERS SHALL BE USED WITH ALL HSFG BOLTS SO THAT THE PROTRUSIONS ON THE WASHERS,
C.9 NO PENETRATIONS, RECESSES OR CHASES OTHER THAN THOSE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WHEN ASSEMBLED, WILL BEAR ON THE UNDERSIDE OF THE BOLT HEAD. THE NUT SHALL BE TIGHTENED UNTIL THE
SHALL BE MADE IN CONCRETE MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. GAP BETWEEN THE WASHER AND THE BOLT HEAD IS BETWEEN 250 AND 125 MICROMETREE.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G E N ER AL N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS S-001 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-001 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
JANUARY 2017 2C003
G E N E R A L N O T E S
DUBAI P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
ABU DHABI P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNE R S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
37
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under SPAN L

gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will
1/5 L1
CLEAR SPAN L CLAER SPAN L1
Under Seismic Loads CLEAR SPAN L2
Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
50mm. LINKS S1 LINKS S2 LINKS S1 LINKS S1 LINKS S2 LINKS S1
BUT < 50Ø SCHEDULE OF DISTRIBUTION REINFT. L1/4 L1/4 L2/4 L2/4
50mm. *2 50mm. 50mm.
A
C SIDE BARS D2 D1 *1 C SIDE BARS
50 % OF B1

be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of
(MIN. T10 @ 200) SLAB THICKNESS DISTRIBUTION REINFT.

(cracked section (un-cracked section


NOT SHOWN ON 25 LAP
SCHEDULE ACI STANDARD
< 200mm. T10 @ 300 HOOK MIN.
LENGTH 32 DIA.

the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and
> 200mm.

properties) properties)
T10 @ 250
< 240mm.
1000 1000
*9 *9 *4
TYP. END DETAIL > 240mm.
T10 @ 200
MIN. 50 B3 *4 B3

vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
< 300mm.
OF SIMPLY SUPPORTED SLAB > 300mm.
B1 *3
B2 B2
*3 B1 B1 *3
B2 B2
*3 B1
< 350mm. T12 @ 225

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will
BEAM TYPE - 1
Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) BEAM TYPE - 2
1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
CLEAR SPAN L2 CLEAR SPAN L1

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the


1/3 L1 BUT <50 Ø 1/3 L2 BUT <50 Ø

Walls
1/5 L1 LINKS S1
BUT <50 Ø A 142 MESH (NOT SHOWN ON A 142 MESH (NOT SHOWN ON A

0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


SCHEDULE) SCHEDULE) A
DIST. REINFT. TOP REINFT. AS SHOWN *7 *6 50mm. SIDE BARS
T1 T2 D2 D1
ON SCHEDULE L1/2
ACI STANDARD HOOK

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
ACI STANDARD HOOK MIN. LENGTH 32 DIA.
50 % OF B1 (MIN. MIN. LENGTH 32 DIA.
T10-200) NOT SHOWN
ON SCHEDULE
LAP

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


*8
25 LAP BOTTOM REINFT. AS SHOWN ON B1 B2 B2 B1
SCHEDULE (MIN. T10-200)
B1

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design SPAN L1 SPAN L2
BEAM TYPE - 1A BEAM TYPE - 2A
CONTINUOUS SLAB Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec- 3Ig
BEAM TYPE 1.00 Ec Ig
process: 1.5 L A 142 MESH (NOT SHOWN ON
SCHEDULE)
TOP REINFT. 3 Nos. TOP BARS FOR 300 THK. WALLS
4 Nos. TOP BARS FOR 500 THK. WALLS
*1 D1 SHALL EXTEND INTO SPAN L1 AND L2 BY A DISTANCE OF *6 D1 SHALL EXTEND INTO SPAN L2 BY A DISTANCE OF 1 1/2 L1
DIST. STEEL (NOT SHOWN ON TOP REINFT. AS SHOWN T1 CLEAR COVER (REFER TO 1/3L WHERE L IS GREATER OF L1 AND L2 BUT NOT LESS OR 1/3 L2, WHICHEVER IS GREATER FROM THE FACE OF
T2

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


SCHEDULE) ON SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES) THAN 50 DIA. THE SUPPORT BUT NOT LESS THAN Ld.
T12-200 SIDE BARS
(UNO IN BEAM SCHEDULES) *2 D2 SHALL EXTEND INTO EACH OF THE ADJACENT SPANS BY
A DISTANCE OF ONE QUARTER OF EACH RESPECTIVE SPAN *7 D2 SHALL EXTEND INTO SPAN L2 BY A DISTANCE OF 3/4 L1
STIRRUPS OR 1/4 L2, WHICHEVER IS GREATER FROM THE FACE OF

VARIABLE
T12-200 SIDE BARS

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


FROM THE FACE OF THE SUPPORT BUT NOT LESS THAN 45

MIN. 400 mm
(UNO IN BEAM SCHEDULES) DIA. THE SUPPORT BUT NOT LESS THAN Ld.
LINKS
B1 BOTTOM REINFT. AS SHOWN B2 W BOTTOM REINFT.
50% OF T1 OR 40% OF B1 WHICH

(REFER TO GENERAL
*3 B1 SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN ONE THIRD OF TOTAL POSITIVE

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


IS THE GREATER OR (MIN. ON SCHEDULE B3 (2nd LAYER *8 CLASS (A) TENSION SPLICE (MIN OF 50 DIA).
T10-200) AND ABOVE) REIN. & TO BE EXTENDED INTO EACH OF THE ADJACENT

CLEAR COVER
SUPPORTS BY MIN. OF 150mm. *9 SPACERS FOR 2 LAYERS MIN. 25Ø OR MAIN BAR Ø
BOTTOM REINFT. WHICHEVER IS GREATER, WHERE SPACERS ARE
SPAN L

NOTES)
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
T1 & T2 SHALL BE THE GREATER AMOUNT OF (1st LAYER B1+B2) *4 B3 CAN BE PLACED IN 1 LAYER OR MORE LAYERS. NECESSARY.

CATILEVER SLAB REINFORCEMENT SPECIFIED FOR THE ADJACENT 3 Nos. BOTTOM BARS FOR 300 THK. WALLS
4 Nos. BOTTOM BARS FOR >300 THK. WALLS
SPACERS ARE ONLY NECESSARY FOR TWO OR MORE
LAYERS. NOTES:
PANELS.
TYPICAL BEAM SECTION
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
- FOR DETAILS OF BARS SEE BEAM SCHEDULE.
*5 0.25L (BUT NOT LESS THAN 45 DIA FROM THE FACE OF
SUPPORT). - MAXIMUM CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN
* SIDE BARS = 250mm.

SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab


CURTAILMENT OF REINFORCEMENT
* t = WALL THICKNESS

1 IN CAST IN-SITU SLAB Analysis 2 TYPICAL SUSPENDED BEAM DETAILS


-
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software -

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
12Ø(<100mm) accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from SLAB EDGE

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house OR Verification of Individual Member OR ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
JOINT LINKS @ 200

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


JOINT
LINKS
LINKS 75 COVER

BAND BEAMS
other bespoke analyses
LAP ROOF SLAB

S1
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
TORSION LINK (WHERE CALLED UP
IN BEAM SCHEDULE)

LAP
100 MAX. 100 MAX

LAP
DOWNSTAND BEAMS
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
>100 SOFFIT OF SLAB

TENSION LAP
OR BEAM
1
SLAB EDGE
10

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
(PROVIDE AT EQUAL SPACING)
CLEAR COLUMN HEIGHT Lc

LAP
COLUMN REINFT.

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
S2

ADDITIONAL LINK AT
END OF SPLICE BAR
TOP LEVEL PLAN
(INTERNAL) (CORNER)
stiffness for walls, columns andWALLSbeams under seismic loading cases, as per
TENSION LAP SPLICE

(WHERE CALLED UP IN WALL DRAWINGS OR SCHEDULES)


COLUMNS
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed CASE-1 CASE-2 CASE-3
COLUMN JUNCTIONS FLOOR LVL.
9Ø(<100mm) BASEMENT
JOINT LINKS @ 200

in following table:
S1

12Ø(<100mm) 12Ø(<100mm) STARTER


JOINT

6Ø(<75mm)
LINKS

BARS

40Ø
450
MIN.
9Ø(<100mm) LINKS

RAFT LOCATING LINKS RC COLUMN


INTERMEDIATE LEVEL T10-200c/c

NOTES:
1. FOR DETAILS OF BARS REFER TO COLUMN SCHEDULES
HOOK DIMENSIONS 2. MINIMUM MAIN BAR DIAMETER = 16mm.

4 TYPICAL COLUMN DETAILS


-

ORDINARY MOMENT RESISTING FRAME (OMRF) AS PER ACI-318-05

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G E N ER AL N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-002 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-002 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2017 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNE R S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
38 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage SECTION - D

PARAPET WHERE
<tw LAP

• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
APPLICABLE
ROOF SSL
tw

tw
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
SLAB REINF. SLAB REINF.
LIMIT OF SLAB TOP GENERAL MAT + SLAB TOP ADDITIONAL

ANCHORAGE
REINFT. WHERE SHOWN. +...m FFL
NOTES: STARTER BAR TOP REINFT. AREA +...m SFL

LAP
<tw
= MIN. GENERAL MAT PLUS
1. ADDITIONAL REINFT.ORCEMENT APPLICABLE TO WALLS ADDITIONAL REINFT. WHERE SHOWN

DROP
all disciplines
50 x DIAMETER LAP. MIN. T10-U BAR +...m SFL
> 300mm THICK ON FULL HEIGHT OF THE BUILDING U.N.O.

LAP
U.N.O
FULL
2. ANCHORAGE
ADDITIONAL VERTICAL BARS SHALL HAVE THE SAME
LENGTH

t
DIAMETER AS THE MAIN VERTICAL REINFT.ORCEMENT IN WALLS. FLOOR RC SLAB
TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE

LAP

LAP
FLOORS SSL

• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
STARTER BAR BOTTOM REINFT. 2T
AREA = MIN. 50% SLAB BOTTOM MIN. 3T OR LAP
REINFT. MIN. T10-U BAR
U-BARS OF THE SAME DIAMETER &
LIMIT OF SLAB
SPACING. PROVIDE ADD. 8T16 BARS

of design approach for walls


BOTTOM REINFT.
AT CORNERS. SLAB. R8-200 TIES.
RC WALL 75mm <= DROP <= 2t.

• Attend site during the soil investigation tw tw


3a TYPICAL FLAT SLAB TO WALL JUNCTION 4a STEP 75mm <= DROP <= 2t
CORNER END
S-012 SCALE UNO -
2a 2b
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
- -
tw

LIMIT OF BEAM TOP REINFT.

STARTER BAR TOP REINFT.

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction


AREA = MIN. BEAM TOP REINFT.
MIN. T10-U BAR

300
50 x DIAMETER LAP.
FULL U.N.O RC BEAM PROVIDE ADD. 4T16 BARS AT
ANCHORAGE SLAB REINF. CORNERS. SLAB. R8-200 TIES.
LENGTH DROP <= 75mm.

and the effect on pile design.

<tw
COLUMN / PEDESTAL +...m FFL
WALL REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT SLAB REINF. +...m SFL

t DROP
LAP <tw <tw LAP
STARTER BAR BOTTOM REINFT.

t
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
AREA = MIN. 50% BEAM SPAN.
BOTTOM REINFT. MIN T10-U BAR +...m SFL

LAP
LAP

LIMIT OF BEAM 2T

tw
BOTTOM REINFT.
MIN. 2T OR LAP

the enabling works and foundations


RC WALL

WALL REINFT.ORCEMENT SEE COLUMN / PEDESTAL * LINKS OMITTED FOR CLARITY


SCHEDULE FOR REINFORCEMENT

TYPICAL BEAM TO WALL JUNCTION


• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
450 MIN.
COLUMN / PEDESTAL 3a
tw
S-012 SCALE UNO
4a STEP DROP <= 75mm
WALL / COLUMN JUNCTION -

INTERSECTION OR WALL / PEDESTAL JUNCTION TYPICAL STARTER BAR DETAILS FOR


• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH SHEAR WALL
2c
-
2d
- 3
-
SLAB TO WALL & BEAM TO WALL JUNCTION

• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


1
-
TYPICAL SHEAR WALL & WALL DETAILS 2
-
TYPICAL WALL JUNCTION DETAILS 4
-
SLAB STEP REINFORCEMENT DETAILS

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture 'U'BARS (TYP.)

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project 3 Nos. TOP BARS FOR 300 THK. WALLS
U BARS T10 LINKS

4 Nos. TOP BARS FOR 500 THK. WALLS

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200

LAP
LA
LAP
WALL REINFT.

P
LA
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
TRIMMER BARS
SIDE REINFT.
2T16 2T16
MIN. NOTES:
T12-200 LINKS LAP LAP
EF U.N.O. 1- PROVIDE TRIMMER BARS AS DETAIL-3,
UNLESS SEPERATE DETAILS ARE GIVEN.

• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project


2- LINKS TO CONFORM WITH SPACING OF WALL
P

2T16
LA

REINFORCEMENT NOT TO EXCEED 200mm.


2T16 LAP
NOTE:
3 Nos. BOTTOM BARS FOR 300 THK. WALLS
5f SECTION A
Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creepC / thermal) on the large
4 Nos. BOTTOM BARS FOR >300 THK. WALLS

• BARS MAY BE DISPLACED, NO -


BARS CAST INTO
P

LAP
ADDITIONAL BARS NECESSARY.
LA

PREFORMED REBATE
AND BENT OUT
HOLE < 150mm LAP AFTERWARDS

floor plates
-
t
5a DETAIL-1
- * t = WALL THICKNESS WALL REINFT.

• Detailed study of the basement and ground A floor slabs for long-term
A effects
5h SECTION C
- -
- U BARS
NOTE: PROVIDE TRIMMER BARS AS DETAIL 2. IN ADDITION PROVIDE DIAGONAL
TRIMMERS OF 2-T16 MIN. PROVIDE ALSO VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL U-BARS
SAME TYPE & DIA. AS THE VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL BARS RESPECTIVELY.

(shrinkage / creep / thermal) NOTES:


450< HOLE < 900mm D

LAP
DETAIL-3
-
RC WALL RC WALL 1. TOP AND BOTTOM BARS IN SECTION C-C TO HAVE SAME DIAMETER AS 5d
LAP

MAIN HORIZONTAL BARS IN ADJACENT SHEAR WALLS BUT NOT LESS T10 LINKS
-

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy


THAN 20mm.

2. SIDE REINFORCEMENT IN SECTION C-C TO BE PROVIDED ONLY WHEN TRIMMER BAR LAP 6a ELEVATION 6b SECTION - D
OVERALL DEPTH OF BEAM IS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 750mm.

LAP
- -
DIAMETER OF THESE BARS TO BE SAME AS MAIN HORIZONTAL BARS
LAP LAP AND NOT MORE THAN 16mm.

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature 3. LINKS IN SECTION C-C TO HAVE THE SAME DIAMETER AND SPACING
AS HORIZONTAL BARS IN ADJACENT SHEAR WALLS AND NO MORE
THAN 12mm. THE SPACING BETWEEN LINKS NOT TO EXCEED 150mm.
5g
-
SECTION B
NOTE:
THIS DETAIL ONLY TO BE USED WITH A MAX. BAR
DIAMETER OF 16mm.

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof DOOR OPENING AS SHOWN
B
ON DRAWINGS. A -
-
DOOR OPENINGS ( NOT APPLICABLE TO TOWER CORE WALLS ) DETAIL OF BENT-OUT BAR
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure (WALL REINFT. NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) 6
-
LAP

5c DETAIL NOTE:

P
-

LA
1. + DENOTES THE LOCATION OF A T10 LINK.
2. FOR CORNER BARS 2T16 (1 NO. EACH)

NOTE:

P
LA
DENOTES THE LOCATION OF A T10 LINK.
NOTE:
150mm < HOLE < 450mm
CUT BARS INTERRUPTED BY HOLE.
HOLE >900mm
5b DETAIL-2 PROVIDE TRIMMER BARS FOR AT LEAST

-
HALF OF CUT BARS AREA ON BOTH SIDES.
5 TYPICAL TRIMMING DETAILS OF OPENINGS IN SHEAR WALLS 5e DETAIL-4
-
-

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G EN ER A L N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-003 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-003 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2017 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNER S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
39
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
1 T16, 1200 LONG EACH

gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will
CORNER TOP & BOTT.

Structural Element

ANCHORAGE
500 MIN. 150 MIN.

be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of

LENGTH
(cracked section (un-cracked section
BARS CUT BY OPENING
SLEEVES 200 Ø MAX. TO BE HOOKED (TYP.)

MAIN REINFORCEMENT TO BE

the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and
ANCHORAGE
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL

properties) properties)
LENGTH STOPPED AT EDGE OF OPENING
REINFORCING EQUIVALENT
WITH A STANDARD BEND
IN AREA TO THAT CUT

45°
OPENING AND PLACE HALF

vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as

1000 MAX.
EACH SIDE OF OPENING

(TYP.)
50
TRIMMING REINF TO BE AS
1 T16 BOTTOM
SHOWN IN WALL ELEVATION

0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)


EACH SIDE
DWGS., OR IF NOT SHOWN, BE

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will 2T16 EF.(TYP) EQUIVALENT TO REINF
DISRUPTED & EQUALLY PLACED
ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING.
1 T16 x 1200 LG.
TOP AND BOTTOM
BETWEEN SLEEVES.
Concrete Cores, Shafts and 1000 MAX.

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the


MINIMUM TRIMMING BARS TO BE PROVIDE ADDITIONAL
2 T20 EACH SIDE OF EACH FACE.
Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
REINFORCING EQUIVALENT IN
AREA TO THAT CUT AND PLACE
HALF EACH SIDE OF OPENING 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include
TYPICAL CIRCULAR WALL P-Delta checks. REINFORCING AROUND
1a
-
OPENING IN CONCRETE WALL 1b
-
SLEEVES THROUGH IN-SITU SLABS Concrete Columns
1c
-
0.7
TYPICAL INSITU SLAB OPENING Ec Ig
DETAIL 1.00 Ec Ig
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
NOTE: NOTE:
NEAREST SLEEVE TO COLUMN SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN
Concrete Beams FOR OPENINGS GREATER THAN 1000x1000 REFER TO
0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
600mm UNLESS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN CONSULTANT. THE PLANS.

2x2 T20, FOR BEAMS WIDER

MAIN REINFORCEMENT TO BE
THAN 450 AND BEAMS WITH
DOUBLE STIRRUPS USE 2x4 T20
SLEEVES 200°C MAX.
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
ANCHORAGE STOPPED AT EDGE OF OPENING
LENGTH WITH A STANDARD BEND
SLAB REINFORCEMENT

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


45°

OPENING

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
TRIMMING REINF TO BE AS 1 T16, 1200 LONG EACH
CORNER TOP & BOTT.

MIN.
200
SHOWN IN WALL ELEVATION
2T16 EF.(TYP)
DWGS., OR IF NOT SHOWN, BE
EQUIVALENT TO REINF
DISRUPTED & EQUALLY PLACED 900 MIN. 400 MIN. 900 MIN.
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) SLAB REINFORCEMENT 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING.
MINIMUM TRIMMING BARS TO BE 4 SETS OF ADDITIONAL STIRRUPS.
2 T20 EACH SIDE OF EACH FACE. (SAME TYPE AS BEAM STIRRUPS)

Analysis
1d TYPICAL WALL OPENING DETAIL will be modelled using
1f TYPICAL INSITU shellDETAIL
SLAB CORNER element assignments in the SAFE® software
1e RaftBEAMS
REINFORCING AT SLEEVES THROUGH foundations
- - -

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM PlatformsNOTE:


by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads NOTE:
are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
1 accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
TYPICAL OPENING DETAILS

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member


-

ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.


spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA PROTECTION BOARD EPOXY RESIN BASED NON TOXIC SOLVENT
FREE COATING PROTECTION BOARD
WATER PROOFING BONDED SYSTEM SERVITITE AT-200 WATER STOPER

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


OR SIMILAR APPROVED

POLY SULPHIDE SEALANT (THIOFLEX 600 WATER PROOFING BONDED SYSTEM


OR SIMILAR APPROVED)

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
240 WATERSTOP
EPOXY RESIN BASED NON TOXIC
MEMBRANE SOLVENT FREE COATING
300

BONDED SYSTEM 240mm WIDE

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
25 x 25mm MIN.
MASTIC SEALANT WATERSTOP CHAMFER
MIN. 300mm WIDE STRIP
SERVITITE AT-200 WATER STOPER OR OF WATERPROOFING

150
300 WIDE REINFORCING STRIP IN

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
SIMILAR APPROVED MEMBRANE
ACCORDANCE TO MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD DETAILS
WATER PROOFING MEMBRANE PROTECTION BOARD WATERSTOP 240mm WIDE

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
ON PRIMED SURFACE

PROTECTION BOARD = =

in following table: PROTECTION SCREED


WATERPROOF BONDED SYSTEM WATER PROOFING
CONCRETE BLINDING BONDED SYTEM
CONCRETE BLINDING

WATERPROOFING WATER TANK WALL RAFT SLAB


2a
DETAIL AT TOP OF WALL 2b
CONSTRUCTION JOINT 2c
CONSTRUCTION JOINT 2d
TYPICAL CORNER DETAIL AT WATER TANK 2e
VERTICAL EXTERNAL CORNER
- - - - -
NOTE:
(NO JOINT IN WATER TANK AREAS ALLOWED)

2 TYPICAL WATER TANK DETAILS


-

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G EN ER A L N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-004 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-004 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2017 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNER S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
40 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
EXTEND BARS AND PROVIDE
FIN. FLOOR CLASS 'B' TENSION SPLICE
OR EQUIVALENT SLOPE 1:4

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
>150

THICKNESS
SLAB
RC UPSTAND RC UPSTAND

<750
<1500
RC UPSTAND

all disciplines SLAB REINFT. SLAB REINFT. SLAB REINFT. SPLICE ALL
BOTTOM BARS
2500 EXCEPT AS NOTED 50 MIN.

POUR STRIP DETAIL IN SLAB NOTES :


• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance 7a
-
1. KEEP EDGE OF SLABS AND ADJACENT BAYS SHORED UNTIL STRIP
IS CAST AND CONCRETE HAS ATTAINED SPECIFIED STRENGTH.
<150 2. CAST STRIP NOT SOONER THAN (90) DAYS AFTER ADJOINING PORTIONS

of design approach for walls


RC DOWNSTAND RC DOWNSTAND
OF SLABS HAVE BEEN CONCRETED OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS.

<500
<1000
3. SHRINKAGE STRIPS EXTEND INTO ADJACENT RC. WALLS/BEAMS.
RC UPSTAND
SLAB REINFT.

Attend site during the soil investigation


EXTEND BARS AND PROVIDE

• >150 <150
CLASS 'B' TENSION SPLICE
OR EQUIVALENT

THICKNESS
• Review both factual and interpretiveATsoil reports

WALL
SLAB EDGES (PARAPET) WITHIN SLABS
1a 1b SPLICE ALL 2500 EXCEPT AS NOTED 50 MIN.
-

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction


- BOTTOM BARS

NOTES :
7b POUR STRIP DETAIL IN RETAINING WALL
and the effect on pile design.
1. CAST STRIP NOT SOONER THAN (90) DAYS AFTER ADJOINING PORTIONS
SCHEDULE OF UPSTAND/DOWNSTAND REINFORCEMENT -
OF WALLS HAVE BEEN CONCRETED OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS.
2. SHRINKAGE STRIPS EXTEND INTO ADJACENT RC. SLABS.
WIDTH REINFORCEMENT

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
< 150mm T10-200 VERTICAL ONE LAYER
T8-150 HORIZONTAL (PLACED CENTRALLY) EXTEND BARS AND PROVIDE
CLASS 'B' TENSION SPLICE
> 150mm T12-150 VERTICAL E.F. ADD T16 AT 200, OR EQUIVALENT

the enabling works and foundations


T10-150 HORIZONTAL E.F. 2000 LONG

RAFT THICKNESS
TYPICAL UPSTAND / DOWNSTAND DETAILS (U.N.O.)
• Finalise the piling package based on
1
the ACES report and recommendations -
1000

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


2500
RAFT REINFORCEMENT

• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly X

POUR STRIP DETAIL IN RAFT


X
T10-150 T10-150 25 25
7c NOTES :
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
X 25
- 1. CAST STRIP NOT SOONER THAN (90) DAYS AFTER ADJOINING PORTIONS
25

A142 MESH FULLY SCABBLED FULLY SCABBLED

25

25
OF RAFT HAVE BEEN CONCRETED OR AS OTHERWISE NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS.
JOINT JOINT 2. SHRINKAGE STRIPS EXTEND INTO ADJACENT RC. WALLS.
100

Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


FULLY SCABBLED

25
MAX

MAX

MAX
600

600

600
JOINT 3. PROVIDE EXTERNAL WATERSTOPS AT BOTTOM SIDE OF RAFT AT BOTH EDGES
OF SHRINKAGE STRIPS (AS SHOWN IN DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION JOINT).
T10-200
600

150 200# 500* 200# 150 T10-150 T10-200


BLOCKWALL
(SOLID CONCRETE)
TYPICAL OVERLAP SLICE DETAILS OF POUR STRIPS
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 7
T10-200 EW, EF
600#

SSL (ROOF) -
SLAB REINFT.
150 150 150 300 (WHERE APPLICABLE)
MIN MIN 900 MAX. CTS

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses) NOTES:


* OPENINGS TO SUIT SERVICES REQUIREMENTS 1. ADD FURTHER ROWS OF BARS AT 900 MAX CTS FOR WIDER PLINTHS. B
2. REFER SPECIFIC DETAIL WHERE HEIGHT LIMITS ARE EXCEEDED.

Detailed design of all structural elements


4a for
WHEREthe project 4b
# HEIGHT AND THICKNESS OF UPSTAND TO SUIT

REQUIRED BUT TO BE EQUAL


= =
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
'X' ≤ 150mm WHERE 150mm < 'X' ≤ 1200mm 4c WHERE 'X' >1200mm TYPICAL PLINTH/KERB DETAILS

SCREWED LENGTH AS

AT EACH END OF ROD


- - -

• Detailed analysis of COVERED


TYPICAL long-term
ROOF effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large

= =
C
B
BLACK WASHER TO B.S. 4320
2 PENETRATION FOR MEP SERVICES 3 TYPICAL PLINTH DETAILS FOR WATER TANK / AHU H.D. BOLT

floor plates
- PROJECTION= 1.5 BOLT DIA.
(REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS) S/0106
BASEPLATE
SNUG ANCHOR PLATE
GROUT, 25mm THK.

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects PLAN AT U/S OF ANCHOR GROUT-TIGHT M.S. SLEEVE
PLATE FOR A SINGLE BOLT SPOT WELDED TO ANCHOR

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


8a

L
PLATE.
-
ANCHOR PLATE
FGL
REFER DETAIL

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy A 393 STD MESH
= = 2 M.S. FLATS WELDED TO ANCHOR
PLATE TO PREVENT TURNING OF SQUARE WASHER PLATE WELDED
BITUTHENE BOLT TO BOLT
EXPANSIVE CHEMICAL

Development of the structural design for the roof feature

=
MASTIC HC

• SECTION
125

WATER STOP
8c

= =
C
-
300

PRE-CAST PLANK GRADE C40/20. MAXIMUM

MIN.B
LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 4.0m LIFTING

Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
POINTS TO BE PROPOSED BY THE

• PUDDLE FLANGE
WITH GRIT
25 x 25 CHASE AROUND PIPE
CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL.

SCHEDULE OF HOLDING DOWN BOLTS


PRIMED AND FILLED WITH

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

=
MASTIC BOLT SQ. WASHER SQ. ANCHOR CLEARANCE HOLE SNUG DIMS M.S. SLEEVE EMBEDMENT
TYPE PLATE Wxt PLATE Bxt DIM. C DIM. SECTION x LENGTH `L'
(mm.) (mm.) (mm.) (mm.) (mm.) LENGTH Dia. Thk. (mm.)
(mm.) (mm.) (mm.)
300 PIPE O.D. 300 (MAX. SPACING BETWEEN VERTICAL JOINTS
SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 5.0m) 55 x 5 mm. 110 x 12 mm. 60 24 13 x 13 x 50 75 0.9 300
PLAN AT U/S OF ANCHOR M20

M24 60 x 5 mm. 120 x 15 mm. 65 28 13 x 13 x 50 75 0.9 300


8b PLATE FOR PAIR OF BOLTS 70 x 5 mm. 150 x 20 mm. 75 34 13 x 13 x 60 75 0.9 300
TYPICAL DETAIL FOR PIPE TYPICAL PROTECTION DETAIL TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT -
M30

4 PENETRATIONS THROUGH R.C. WALL 5 FOR BURIED PIPEWORK 6 DETAILS IN WATER TANK WALLS
- - -
8 TYPICAL HOLDING DOWN BOLT DETAILS
-

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GE N E R A L N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-005 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-005 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2017 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNER S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
41
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional
A
structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
30
75
-
1R20 DOWEL BAR 350 LONG

be developed using ETABS ® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of
1 DEBONDED IN POST

(cracked section (un-cracked section

125
10mm. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER POST
- SHOT FIXING (2 NO.) FLEXCELL OR SIMILAR
3 APPROVED WITH SEALANT
U/S R. C. SLAB

20 100
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and
- U/S OF SLAB WHERE VISIBLE 1R20 DOWEL BAR

properties) properties)

550
OR BEAM

10mm. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER 25mm. DIA PURPOSE MADE

vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as RC. COLUMN FLEXCELL OR SIMILAR APPROVED CAP WITH COMPRESSIBLE

200
C WITH SEALANT WHERE VISIBLE FILLER.
B
0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
- 50

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements.
R.C. POST CAST AFTER BLOCKWORK
2
Slabs will -
- Concrete Cores, Shafts and
15

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the


(RESTRAINT POST)

Walls
15

50
200 THK. WALLS ONLY.

DETAIL 0.35
-3 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
DETAIL - 4 1c 1d 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers.
4
All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. BED JOINT REINFORCEMENT
PREFABRICATED GALVANISED STRAP AT 800 c/c. 2.5mm THICK
(APPLICABLE TO EXTERNAL WALLS ONLY)
- -

-
EVERY SECOND COURSE (FOR
EXTERNAL WALL ONLY) 1a DETAIL - 1 Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
-

In general, the following software WALL


will PANEL
be used during the various stages of the design 1b DETAIL - 2
1 ELEVATION ASSUME BLOCKWORK
-
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig
15mm JOINT WITH 1.00 Ec Ig
process: -
1. EXTERNAL WALLS 200mm THICK SOLID BLOCK 750 Kg/m³ (MAX)
COMPRESSIBLE FILLER
R.C. WALL

SEALANT ON BOTH
2. DEMISING WALLS 200mm THICK SOLID BLOCK 2150 Kg/m³ (MAX) 7 N/m² (MIN) 30mm. x 1.5mm. THK. STAINLESS
STEEL TIE SHOT FIXED TO WALL AT SIDES OF JOINT AS PER

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


3. INTERNAL WALLS 200mm THICK SOLID BLOCK 650 Kg/m³ (MAX) TIES TO BE PROVIDED SPECIFICATIONS
EVERY SECOND COURSE. ALTERNATE COURSES 150
(MIN. 2 FIXINGS)
200 TYP.

Structural Design Software / Approach SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES AS PER


SPECIFICATIONS NOTE:- SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES Description
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
JOINT TO BE PROVIDED AS PER SPECIFICATIONS
THROUGH PLASTER & FINISH R.C. COLUMN METAL LATH TO BLOCKWALL
WHERE APPLICABLE 15mm JOINT WITH
COVER ALL JOINTS.
COMPRESSIBLE FILLER REINFT. 4T12 R8-150 LINKS
PLAN
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
10mm. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER U/S BEAM OR SLAB SEALANT ON BOTH
10mm. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER U/S BEAM OR SLAB SIDES OF JOINT AS PER
FLEXCELL OR SIMILAR APPROVED
30mm. x 1.5mm. THK. STAINLESS SPECIFICATIONS

PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


WITH SEALANT WHERE VISIBLE FLEXCELL OR SIMILAR APPROVED
NOTE:- WITH SEALANT WHERE VISIBLE STEEL TIE SHOT FIXED TO WALL AT 150
JOINT TO BE PROVIDED ALTERNATE COURSES TYP.
THROUGH PLASTER & (MIN. 2 FIXINGS)

SAFE® V14 FINISH WHERE APPLICABLE


2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab 1g
-
SECTION - C 1h
-
JUNCTION OF BLOCKWALL TO RC WALL
(1) (2) Analysis EXPAMET TO COVER ALL
JOINTS. Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software B

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017


1e SECTION - A
3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
SECTION - B
-
1f
- accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house
PLASTER STOP ON BOTH
Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure. 100
MIN
12Ø OF BAR
OR EQUIVALENT
A LINKS
ANCHORAGE

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


SIDES OF JOINT (TYP.) (TYP.) CLEAR SPAN
CL REINF. SYMM.
GALVANISED STEEL FLAT
DEBONDED STAINLESS STEEL FLAT BED JOINT REINF.
300 x 50 x 2.5mm THK. 600
other bespoke analyses
300x50x2.5 SHOT-FIXED TO POST
10 DEBONDED ON ONE SIDE

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA


WEAK MORTAR 10
AT ALTERNATE COURSES
ALTERNATE COURSES

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations. 24Ø OF BAR


LINTEL 40Ø OF BAR STRAIGHT OR BOB

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES

shall be assigned for walls and (1) columns under


(2) wind load cases
(3) and cracked member
AS PER SPECIFICATIONS AS PER SPECIFICATIONS
12Ø OF BAR
VERTICAL SIDES OF OR EQUIVALENT LINKS CONCRETE FACE CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE
DOORS AND WINDOWS A
ANCHORAGE CORRECT STARTER BARS
TO BE GROUTED WITH C15/10

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
CLEAR SPAN ARE CAST INTO CONC.
CONC. OVER A MIN. OF HALF ELEMENTS AS NECESSARY.
BLOCK

1k DOWELLED CONTROL JOINT


recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
WINDOW DOOR
- D D SCHEDULE OF LINTELS UNO.
- -
LINTEL SIZE REINFORCEMENT
in following table:
CLEAR SPAN
WIDTH WIDTH DEPTH A B LINKS
<2500 200 200 2T12 2T12 T8-125
VERTICAL SIDES OF DOORS AND
WINDOWS TO BE GROUTED WITH C15/10 >2500 <4500 200 300 2T16 2T16 T8-175
CONC. OVER A MIN. OF HALF BLOCK
>4500 <6500 200 400 2T20 2T16 T8-200
DOOR / WINDOW BED JOINT REINF.
NOTES:
1. BEARING ON BLOCK WALL ON EITHER SIDE OF OPENING SHALL BE
AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE OVERALL DEPTH OF THE LINTEL.
SSL 2. OVERALL LINTEL DEPTHS COULD BE INCREASED TO SUIT BLOCK-
WORK COURSING.
3. GRADE OF CONCRETE SHALL BE C25/20

3a SECTION - D 3 DETAILS AT WINDOW / DOOR OPENINGS IN WALLS 4 TYPICAL STANDARD LINTELS


- -
- (NON LOAD BEARING BLOCK WALLS)

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GE N E R A L N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-006 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-006 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2017 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNER S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
42 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
PILING NOTES:
A. GENERAL
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the PRELIMINARY TEST A1. ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED ON SITE AND ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE
PPL PILE CUT-OFF LVL ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE PORTION OF WORK INVOLVED.

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
PPL TOP OF PILE CONCRETE

A2. ABBREVIATIONS

all disciplines
PROTECTIVE CAPPING ON ALL EXPOSED B = BOTTOM NF = NEAR FACE
REBARS (ENABLING WORKS CONTRATOR'S BW = BOTH WAYS PPL = PILE PLATFORM LEVEL

REINFORCEMENT DIA.
SCOPE OF WORK.) DMD = DUBAI MUNICIPALITY DATUM SSL = STRUCTURAL SLAB LEVEL

MIN. 60 TIMES OF
EF = EACH FACE SOP = SETTING-OUT POINT
EGL = EXISTING GROUND LEVEL T = TOP

• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance REINFORCEMENT ABOVE THE CUT-OFF PILE REINFORCEMENT WORKING TEST PILE FF = FAR FACE TBC = TO BE CONFIRMED
LEVEL SHALL BE SLEEVED WITH DEBONDED CUT-OFF LVL. FGL = FINISHED GROUND LEVEL TOC = TOP OF CONCRETE
PVC TUBES. (TYP.) 40mm THICK, HIGH STRENGTH MUL = MAKE-UP LEVEL UNO = UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

of design approach for walls


CEMENTITIOUS GROUT SUCH AS
PILE CUT-OFF LEVEL PILE CUT-OFF LEVEL SUPERCAST PC BY FOSROC OR SIMILAR
APPROVED.
B. REINFORCED CONCRETE

500
UPPER LENGTH OF REINFORCEMENT

CONCRETE USED FOR PILING SHALL BE AS PER SPECIFICATION UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN.

• Attend site during the soil investigation UNDER SIDE OF RAFT

40
50
CEMENT = OPC
GRADE = (CYLINDER/CUBE) C40/50 CONCRETE
PILE MIN. CEMENT CONTENT = 400 kg/m3
( 12M MIN. )

Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


BORED PILE

• A
-
GROUND GRANULATED BLAST FURNACE
SLAG (CONFORMING TO BS6699) WITH
ALUMINA CONTENT GREATER THAN 14%.
= MIN. 70% OF THE CEMENTATIOUS MATERIAL.
MAX. 85% OF THE CEMENTATIOUS MATERIAL.

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction CAGE 1 MAX. MICROSILICA
MAX. W/C RATIO *
= 8% OF CEMENTATIOUS MATERIALS
= 0.35

EQ
* FREE WATER/CEMENT RATIO IS INCLUSIVE OF ALL CEMENTATIOUS MATERIAL INCLUDING MICRO

and the effect on pile design.


MIN. 60 TIMES OF REINF.

SILICA.
DIA OF LOWER LENGTH

HELICAL REINFT. CAGE


AS PER PILING CONTRACTOR
DETAIL OF PILE STRENGTHENING B2. REINFORCEMENT

AT PILE CUT OFF LEVEL


• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
AS PER PILING CONTRACTOR DESIGN

DESIGN 2 REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE HIGH YIELD (YIELD STRESS = 460N/mm2) MARKED 'T'. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
BS4449. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DETAILED DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULE OF THE REINFORCEMENT FOR THE ENGINEER'S
LENGTH OF REINFORCEMENT

-
SCALE N.T.S. APPROVAL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CONCRETE" SPECIFICATIONS.

the enabling works and foundations


LAPS SHALL BE MIN. 60 DIA. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
PILE LENGTH

B3. COVER TO REINFORCEMENT

COVER TO ALL REINFORCEMENT IN PILES SHALL BE 75mm.

• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations C.PILING
LOWER LENGTH OF REINFORCEMENT

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


C1. THE PILING SCHEME SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE DIAMETERS AND CORRESPONDING SERVICE LOADS INDICATED ON
RELEVANT PILE SCHEDULES. ALL PILES SHALL BE CAST IN-SITU.

C2. THE PILE DETAILS SHOWN ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING PILES THAT SATISFY THE
VERTICAL REINFT.

Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE LOADS SPECIFIED.

• AS PER PILING CONTRACTOR


DESIGN C3. PILING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTITUTION OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (I.C.E.) SPECIFICATION FOR PILING WORKS AND
EMBEDDED RETAINING WALLS (1996) EXCEPT AS VARIED BY THIS DRAWING AND CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS.

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture CAGE 2


C4. PILE LENGTH, REINFORCEMENT, BE SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUBJECT TO THE MINIMUM VALUES SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.
CALCULATIONS SUBSTANTIATING THE DESIGN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CONSULTANT FOR APPROVAL. THESE SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ACI318:14 & BS8004. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE REFERENCE TO THE EXISTING SOIL INVESTIGATION REPORT

Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


FOR ENGINEERING STUDIES, AND SHALL UNDERTAKE ANY FURTHER INVESTIGATION NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE THE DESIGN. A

• PILE REINFORCEMENT
C5.
FACTOR OF SAFETY AT LEAST 2.5 SHALL BE ADOPTED TO CALCULATE THE WORKING PILE LOAD CAPACITY.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PRODUCE A PILE SCHEDULE GIVING PILE PLATFORM LEVEL AND TOE LEVEL FOR EACH PILE, WITH LEVELS

EQ
(FULL LENGTH OF PILE)
TOE LEVEL RELATIVE TO LOCAL DATUM.

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 AS PER SCHEDULE


C6. CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED IN ONE CONTINUOUS OPERATION USING A TREMIE PIPE. FREE FALL CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE USED.
DIAMETER
C7. PRELIMINARY PILE TESTING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN ADVANCE OF THE MAIN PILING WORKS. AND SHALL BE TESTED FOR 2.5 TIMES

Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


AS PER SCHEDULE

• WORKING LOAD. THESE PILES SHALL ALSO BE DYNAMICALLY TESTED IN ORDER TO CALIBRATE RESULTS FROM DYNAMIC TESTS ON
WORKING PILES. THE TESTS SHALL BE INSTRUMENTED WITH 4 NO. VIBRATING WIRE STRAIN GAUGES PLACED AT FOUR LEVELS WITHIN
THE PILES. AN INTERPRETATIVE REPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE TESTING. (3Nos. TEST PILES REQUIRED, 1Nos. 750Ø + 2Nos 900 Ø).

TYPICAL PILE ELEVATION


• Detailed design of 1all structural elements for the project
C8. PILING SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL THE DESIGN, SUBSTANTIATED BY PRELIMINARY PILE TESTS, HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE
- ENGINEER. FOR EACH OF THE PILES SIZES SPECIFIED.
SCALE N.T.S
C9. CALIPPER LOGGING TEST SHALL BE CARRIED OUT FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE PILES (3Nos.) THIS WILL BE CARRIED OUT ON FIRST THREE

Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large


PILES AND THE RESULT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL BEFORE CASTING OF PILE.

• C10. THE MAXIMUM OUT OF POSITION TOLERANCE OF PILE CENTRES SHALL NOT EXCEED 75mm. TOLERANCE FOR PILE CUT OFF LEVEL SHALL
NOT BE MORE THAN +5 /-10mm AFTER PILE STRENGTHENING AT CUT OFF LEVEL.

floor plates VIBRATING WIRE


C11. ALL PILES SHALL BE INTEGRITY TESTED USING THE ULTRASONIC LOW STRAIN METHOD AND THE RESULTS PASSED TO THE ENGINEER
FOR APPROVAL.
STRAIN GAUGES 4 No.
AT EACH LEVEL. (TYP.) C12. SONIC CORING INTEGRITY TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED ON 11 Nos. OF 750 DIA. AND 8 Nos. 900 DIA. PILES AS REQUIRED BY THE

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects ENGINEER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-D6760. FOUR TUBES SHALL BE CAST INTO EACH PILE OVER THE FULL LENGTH (WITH A FULL
LENGTH REINFORCEMENT CAGE).

(shrinkage / creep / thermal) C13. NUMBER OF WORKING PILES SHALL BE STATICALLY LOAD TESTED TO 1.5 TIMES VERTICAL COMPRESSION LOAD. (i.e DESIGN
VERIFICATION LOAD AS DEFINED GIVEN IN ICE PILING SPECIFICATION = SWL) THESE WILL BE NOMINATED BY THE ENGINEER. PILES WILL
BE INSTRUMENTED AS SHOWN IN THIS DRAWING.

• Development of the structural


A design for the entrance canopy
SECTION
STATIC LOAD TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDANT COMPANY APPROVED BY THE GOVERNING LOCAL AUTHORITY,

EQ
UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE ENGINEER.
-
SCALE N.T.S

Development of the structural design for the roof feature


THIS COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE THE LOADING APPARATUS AND INSTRUMENTS NECESSARY TO MEASURE SETTLEMENTS. THEY SHALL

• ALSO UNDERTAKE THE TESTING, RECORDING THE RESULTS AND ISSUING THE REPORT.

ANCHOR PILES AND REACTION BEAMS REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ANY PILING CONTRACTOR.

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof C14. NUMBER OF WORKING PILES SHALL BE DYNAMICALLY TESTED FOR THE VERTICAL COMPRESSION LOAD GIVEN. DYNAMIC TESTING SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D4945-96. DETAILED PROPOSALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE ENGINEER FOR

level or for a structure NOTE


to: overcome the need for a transfer structure
APPROVAL.

THE HAMMER WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF DROP SHALL BE DETERMINED BY CALCULATION. THE CALCULATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE
SITE DATUM IS EQUAL TO NADD. TOE LEVEL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.

D. SOIL INVESTIGATION REPORT AND GEOPHYSICAL SURVEYS


D1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSIDER AND INCLUDE ALL FINDINGS IN THE SI REPORT. GEOPHYSICAL SURVEYS AND MATERIAL TESTING
ELEVATION OF INSTRUMENTED WORKING SHALL INCLUDE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL SURVEYS AND TESTING AS MAY BE DEEMED REQUIRED TO VALIDATE THE DESIGN AND

3 TEST PILE / PRELIMINARY TEST PILE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PILED FOUNDATIONS.

-
SCALE N.T.S

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GE N E R A L N O TE S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT


1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. JT & PARTNERS SC-S-007 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-007 NTS
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS. P.O. Box 112825

4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1 STANDARD DETAILS
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers
DUBAI
ABU DHABI
P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994
JANUARY 2018 2C003
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER.
PAR TNE R S E-MAIL
WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
43
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under D OPTION - 1 (SHEET PILE)
GENERAL NOTES:
Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
S-101
OPTION - 2 (SECANT PILE) 1. TRIAL PITS MUST BE TAKEN BY CAREFUL HAND EXCAVATION TO LOCATE THE EXISTING

gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will
SERVICES BEFORE BORING INSERTION OF PILES. THE TRIAL PITS SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO
C
S-101 Structural Element 2
UNMADE AREAS AROUND THE PLOT LINE AS FAR AS POSSIBLE.

IN THE EVENT OF EXISTING PAVED AREAS AROUND THE PLOT LINE REQUIRING EXCAVATION

be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
FOR LOCATING SERVICES AND INSERTION OF PILES, A SEPARATE ROAD CUTTING NOC WILL
HAVE TO BE OBTAINED BEFORE ANY CUTTING IS MADE.

4000
E39

the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and
E02 2. ALL EXISTING SERVICES AND ROAD STRUCTURES WILL HAVE TO BE PROTECTED AT ALL

properties) properties)
TIMES AND ANY DAMAGE TO THEM WILL BE TREATED AS VIOLATION OF THE LAW. IN

2000
ADDITION THE REIMBURSEMENT OF ALL COSTS OF REPAIRS WILL BE CHARGED TO THE
CONTRACTOR ACCOUNT.

vertical distribution1 of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as E38
H
S-102
FINAL EXCAVATION LEVEL
-7.10m
3. NO OPEN EXCAVATION WILL BE PERMITTED IN RIGHT OF WAYS (ROW) EXCEPT IN THE CASE
OF PUBLIC FACILITIES / LANDSCAPING WITH NOC FROM THE LOCAL AUTHORITY.

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
E27 E23

Concrete Cores, Shafts and


2000
E01
FINAL EXCAVATION LEVEL E24
TYP.
4. LIVE LOAD ON ROAD SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AS GIVEN IN THE SECTIONS (MIN 20 KN/m³).
0
-3.60m E37 200 . 5. PILE LOCATIONS FOR THE SECANT PILED WALL ARE INDICATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
P
TY

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls
PROVIDE DETAILED DRAWINGS SHOWING PILE ARRANGEMENT, DIAMETER, SPACING AND

0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


PROPPING (DIAMETER & LOCATION) ALONG WITH METHOD STATEMENT AND DESIGN
E36
CALCULATION.
G

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
TBC
S-102 E 6. METHOD OF MONITORING THE EXISTING BUILDINGS & SERVICES DURING DEWATERING.

1000
E26

TYP.
E34

SLOPE 1:2 (TYP) E25 S-101


7. BLINDING THICKNESS 75mm (INCLUDING WATERPROOFING AND PROTECTION) IN ALL THE

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


1000 LOCATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
FINAL EXCAVATION
E19
E35
-4.55m
8. BACK FILLING OF RETAINING WALL TO COMMENCE ONLY ONCE THE BASEMENT STRUCTURE
0
E31
E33
200 . E20 UPTO THE GROUND FLOOR SLAB INCLUSIVE IS CAST AND COMPLETE.

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
E15 P
E32
TY

DEWATERING NOTES:
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
E16

E07 E18 0
200 .
F

process:
E09
J P 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, DETAIL AND INSTALL A DEWATERING SYSTEM BOTH
E28
E17 TY S-102
S-102 DURING EXCAVATION AND AT FINAL STAGE WHICH WILL ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED GROUND
E29 E22
E30 WATER LEVEL INSIDE THE EXCAVATION AS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING, ALL TO THE
E11 E06
E05
E08 E13 FINAL EXCAVATION E21 APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


E10
-4.55m
FINAL EXCAVATION 2. A METHOD STATEMENT SHALL BE SUBMITTED WHICH MUST INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING

2000
TYP.
-4.55m INFORMATION:

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


E12 · LAYOUT OF DEWATERING POINTS AND PUMPS.
E14

· NUMBER OF STANDBY PUMPS.

FINAL EXCAVATION
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) · 0.25 Ec Ig
RELATIVE TIMING OF EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES. 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
-4.90m · METHOD OF MONITORING GROUND WATER LEVELS.

PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


B · MEASURES TO BE TAKEN IF THE REQUIRED DRAW-DOWN IS NOT ACHIEVED.
1
S-10 4000 · METHOD OF DISPOSAL OF GROUND WATER.
FINAL EXCAVATION LEVEL 2000

SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab


0 0
400 200 -3.10m · METHOD OF ENSURING THAT FINES ARE NOT REMOVED WITH THE WATER.

· RELATIVE TIMING OF DEWATERING, AFTER COORDINATION WITH THE ENGINEER.

Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shellDRAINAGE
STANDARD elementNOTES: assignments in the SAFE® software

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
1. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CARRY OUT THE WORK CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE OF

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms 2.


EXISTING SERVICES.

LEVELS OF EXISTING SEWER LINES ARE TO BE RECONFIRMED BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
SHORING EXCAVATION & PROPPING.

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member


3. PROGRAMME OF THE ABOVE WORKS MUST BE COORDINATED WITH ALL STAKEHOLDER /
CONTRACTORS AND CONSULTANTS WITH A VESTED INTEREST IN THE ADJACENT PLOT.

ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure. 4. F.I.C DETAILS TO BE RECONFIRMED WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITY BEFORE FINALISING THE

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


INTERNAL PIPE WORK.

5. TEMPORARY HOARDING LAYOUT WITH THE BUILDING LINE TO BE AGREED WITH THE
GOVERNING AUTHORITY.

other bespoke analyses 2000 We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA E03
6. PROGRAMME OF THE PROPOSED WORKS TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE GOVERNING
AUTHORITY.

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROTECT EXISTING SEWERAGE/ DRAINAGE /
5000 IRRIGATION/HOUSE CONNECTION LINE. ANY DAMAGE TO THESE SERVICES WILL BE
CHARGED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S ACCOUNT.
3
A
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties E04
S-101 NOTES FOR DEWATERING AND SHORING:
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FULL ACCOUNT OF THE SOIL INVESTIGATION INFORMATION

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member AND HIS OWN EXPERIENCE TO DESIGN THE NECESSARY TEMPORARY WORKS. THE DESIGN
TOGETHER WITH THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR THE ENGINEER'S
APPROVAL PRIOR TO DEWATERING.
4
ENABLING WORKS PLAN
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, 1
as per -
SCALE 1:250
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN OF ALL SHORING AND
TEMPORARY WORKS RELATED TO THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
EXCAVATION COORDINATES EXCAVATION COORDINATES PLOT COORDINATES OBTAIN THIRD PARTY VERIFICATION OF SHORING WORKS PROPOSALS BY SUITABLY

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
QUALIFIED PROFESSIONALS AND SHALL SUBMIT EVIDENCE TO DEMONSTRATE THIS PRIOR
POINTS EASTING NORTHING POINTS EASTING NORTHING POINT EASTING NORTHING TO ANY SHORING WORKS. IN ADDITION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SHORING
E01 373536.474 2840563.926 E21 373587.160 2840612.621 1 373531.216 2840560.935 WORKS CO-ORDINATOR ON SITE WITH THE SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY
OF ALL SHORING WORKS PROPOSALS.

in following table:
E02 373598.014 2840694.509 E22 373587.365 2840615.414 2 373595.199 2840697.577
E03 373654.660 2840646.499 E23 373581.867 2840647.101 3 373660.566 2840646.523 3. WHEN EXCAVATING TO FOUNDATION LEVEL CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN NOT TO DISTURB THE
E04 373613.487 2840553.340 E24 373581.663 2840644.308 4 373617.474 2840549.059 UNDERLYING MATERIAL. ALL FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND ANY
SOFT SPOTS REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH GRANULAR FILL, WHICH SHALL BE WELL
E05 373621.978 2840673.683 E25 373589.442 2840643.738 COORDINATES BASED ON PLOT LAYOUT COMPACTED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS. EXCAVATION SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE
E06 373623.456 2840676.328 E26 373589.646 2840646.530 AND SITE COORDINATES PROVIDED BY JT + PARTNERS LEGEND: CARRIED OUT IN DRY CONDITIONS.
E07 373567.913 2840583.742 E27 373538.189 2840568.803
LEVELS ARE NOT TIED TO DATUM AND REFERS TO NATURAL GROUND LEVEL ON SITE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FULL ACCOUNT OF THE SOIL INVESTIGATION INFORMATION
E08 373570.257 2840581.830 E28 373558.592 2840565.210
LEGEND: FINAL LEVEL TO BE DEFINED BY THE ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION CAMPAIGN. AND HIS OWN EXPERIENCE TO DESIGN THE NECESSARY TEMPORARY WORKS. THE DESIGN
E09 373570.030 2840586.338 E29 373561.224 2840566.202 INFORMATION FOR TENDER PURPOSES ONLY. TOGETHER WITH THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR THE ENGINEER'S
E10 373572.374 2840584.427 E30 373562.501 2840567.768 APPROVAL PRIOR TO DEWATERING. ALL BACKFILLING SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST
PLOT BOUNDARY
95% OF THE MAXIMUM DENSITY AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.
E11 373574.449 2840587.960 E31 373557.281 2840571.956
BUILDING FOOT PRINT 5. IT SHALL REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE DRY WORKING CONDITIONS
E12 373578.789 2840584.421 E32 373561.820 2840577.614
BY ANY MEANS HE MIGHT SEE EFFECTIVE. EXCAVATION SHALL BE AT ALL TIMES CARRIED
E13 373576.693 2840590.712 E33 373560.504 2840578.686
OUT IN DRY CONDITIONS. GROUND WATER SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT LEAST 500mm BELOW
E14 373581.033 2840587.173 E34 373577.090 2840620.379 TEMPORARY SHEET SHORING THE DEEPEST POINT IN THE EXCAVATION WHILE IT REMAINS OPEN. THE DEWATERING
E15 373573.250 2840599.804 E35 373582.325 2840619.995 (L=8.50m APPROX.) SYSTEM USED SHALL NOT HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON EXISTING ADJACENT BUILDINGS
STRUCTURES OR INFRASTRUCTURE. DEWATERING SHALL NOT BE DISCONTINUED WITHOUT
E16 373573.060 2840597.211 E36 373584.060 2840639.921 600mm Ø SECANT PILES SHORING THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AND UNTIL THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE
E17 373575.788 2840597.011 E37 373580.358 2840640.193 (L=15.5m APPROX.) GROUND FLOOR SLAB HAS BEEN CONSTRUCTED.
E18 373575.978 2840599.604 E38 373582.461 2840651.649
PLOT LIMIT SETTING OUT POINT 6. DEWATERING SHALL NOT BE DISCONTINUED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE
E19 373579.586 2840615.984 E39 373575.912 2840655.308 ENGINEER.
E20 373579.381 2840613.192

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G EN E R A L N OT E S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT

JT & PARTNERS SC-S-100 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL


503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-100 1:250
P.O. Box 112825

Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
JANUARY 2018 2C003
E N A B L I N G W O R K S
dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers DUBAI P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
ABU DHABI P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994

PAR TNER S E-MAIL


WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
44 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage

BUILDING
SETBACK
PLOT LIMIT
BUILDING

BUILDING
PLOT LIMIT

PLOT LIMIT
SETBACK

SETBACK
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the 2000 2000 DESIGN
2000 2000 TYP.
TBC BY
CONTRACTOR
2000 TYP. 3000

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
SURCHARGE
TBC BY 20kPa EXISTING GROUND
CONTRACTOR -0.00m

all disciplines
EXISTING GROUND
-0.00m
TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING
(TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR DESIGN) RC RETAINING WALL
TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING

Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
RC RETAINING WALL


L=8.50m INDICATIVE
RC RETAINING WALL TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING (TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR DESIGN) WATER PROOFING
WATER PROOFING
WATER PROOFING (TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR DESIGN) L=7.50m INDICATIVE
RC PILE CAP
RC PILE CAP L=8.50m INDICATIVE

of design approach for walls


EXISTING GROUND RC PILE CAP
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST -0.90m
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN EXISTING
WATER TABLE BASEMENT 1
BASEMENT 1 BASEMENT 1

• Attend site during the soil investigation


-3.00m -3.00m SSL
-2.50m SSL EXISTING -2.50m SSL EXISTING
WATER TABLE WATER TABLE EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL
EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL -3.60m -3.60m
-3.00m -3.00m
-3.10m -3.10m -3.10m -3.10m

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


DRAW DOWN
DRAW DOWN DRAW DOWN
LEVEL

Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

500

LEVEL LEVEL

500

500
WATER PROOFING
WATER PROOFING WATER PROOFING
75mm SCREED

and the effect on pile design.


75mm SCREED 75mm SCREED PILE
PILE PILE 250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE 250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
TO SPECIFICATION
TO SPECIFICATION TO SPECIFICATION
COMPACTED SUB-BASE

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
COMPACTED SUB-BASE COMPACTED SUB-BASE
TO SPECIFICATION
TO SPECIFICATION TO SPECIFICATION

SECTION SECTION SECTION


the enabling works and foundations
A
S-100 SCALE 1:50
B
S-100 SCALE 1:50
C
S-100 SCALE 1:50

• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations NOTE:
WATER TABLE LEVELS TO BE CONFIRMED BY ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION.

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


BUILDING

BUILDING

BUILDING
PLOT LIMIT

PLOT LIMIT

PLOT LIMIT
SETBACK

SETBACK

SETBACK
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly 2000 2000 TYP. 4000 1000

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture


DESIGN TBC BY DESIGN
SURCHARGE CONTRACTOR SURCHARGE
GROUND FLOOR GROUND FLOOR GROUND FLOOR
20kPa EXISTING GROUND +0.20m SSL 20kPa EXISTING GROUND +0.20m SSL EXISTING GROUND +0.20m SSL
-0.00m -0.00m -0.00m

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project CAPPING BEAM (TO SPECIALIST DESIGN) CAPPING BEAM (TO SPECIALIST DESIGN)
TO BE CUT AFTER BASEMENT IS BUILT TO BE CUT AFTER BASEMENT IS BUILT
TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200


(TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR DESIGN)
L=7.50m INDICATIVE

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


EXISTING
BASEMENT 1
-2.35m SSL
EXISTING
BASEMENT 1
-2.35m SSL
EXISTING
BASEMENT 1
-2.35m SSL

WATER TABLE WATER TABLE WATER TABLE

• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project


-3.00m -3.00m -3.00m

150mm FOR TOLERANCE + SHOTCRETE 150mm FOR TOLERANCE + SHOTCRETE


TO FORM SMOOTH FACE TO RECEIVE TO FORM SMOOTH FACE TO RECEIVE
WATERPROFFING WATERPROFFING

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large SECANT PILE WALL
(TO SPECIALIST DESIGN)
SECANT PILE WALL
(TO SPECIALIST DESIGN)
RC RETAINING WALL

floor plates
RC RETAINING WALL
RC RETAINING WALL
RC PILE CAP
RC PILE CAP RC PILE CAP
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST

Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST

• BASEMENT 2
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN

BASEMENT 2
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN

BASEMENT 2

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


-6.30m SSL -6.30m SSL -6.30m SSL

EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL


-7.10m -7.10m -7.10m -7.10m

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy


DRAW DOWN DRAW DOWN DRAW DOWN
LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL
500

500

500
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature WATER PROOFING WATER PROOFING WATER PROOFING
75mm SCREED 75mm SCREED 75mm SCREED
PILE PILE PILE

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
NOTE:
250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
TO SPECIFICATION
COMPACTED SUB-BASE NOTE:
250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
TO SPECIFICATION
COMPACTED SUB-BASE
250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
TO SPECIFICATION
COMPACTED SUB-BASE
NOTE:

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure


ANCHORS SUPPORT TO BE DERMINED TO SPECIFICATION ANCHORS SUPPORT TO BE DERMINED TO SPECIFICATION TO SPECIFICATION
ANCHORS SUPPORT TO BE DERMINED
BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR. BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR. BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR.

D1 SECTION (OPTION - 1) D2 SECTION (OPTION - 2) E SECTION


S-100 SCALE 1:50 S-100 SCALE 1:50 S-100 SCALE 1:50

LEGEND:
LEVELS ARE NOT TIED TO DATUM AND REFERS TO NATURAL GROUND LEVEL ON SITE.
FINAL LEVEL TO BE DEFINED BY THE ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION CAMPAIGN.
INFORMATION FOR TENDER PURPOSES ONLY.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND G EN E R A L N OT E S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT

JT & PARTNERS SC-S-101 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL


503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-101 1:50
P.O. Box 112825

ENABLING WORKS
Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers DUBAI P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
JANUARY 2018 2C003
SECTIONS (SHEET 1/2)
ABU DHABI P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994

PAR TNE R S E-MAIL


WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
45
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and

BUILDING
PLOT LIMIT

SETBACK
properties) properties)
2000 TYP.
TBC BY
CONTRACTOR EXISTING

vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
TBC 800 150
WATER TABLE
EXCAVATION LEVEL
-3.00m
-3.10m

0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)


2000 TYP. 3350

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will
EXISTING GROUND
-0.00m Concrete Cores, Shafts and
TBC BY
CONTRACTOR

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the


CAPPING BEAM (TO SPECIALIST DESIGN)
TO BE CUT AFTER BASEMENT IS BUILT
TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING RC RETAINING WALL
Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
RC LIFT WALL

0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
EXCAVATION LEVEL

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
150mm FOR TOLERANCE + SHOTCRETE RC RETAINING WALL (TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR)
TO FORM SMOOTH FACE TO RECEIVE RC PILE CAP -3.10m
RC PILE CAP L=7.50m INDICATIVE
WATERPROFFING
DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST DEPTH OF TOE TO SPECIALIST

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


SECANT PILE WALL CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN
(TO SPECIALIST DESIGN)
BASEMENT 1 BASEMENT 2 LIFT PIT LEVEL
-2.50m SSL -6.30m SSL TEMPORARY STEEL SHEET SHORING REFER TO PLAN
EXISTING (TO SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR)

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
WATER TABLE L=7.50m INDICATIVE
EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL EXCAVATION LEVEL
-3.00m

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


-3.10m -7.10m -7.10m -4.90m -4.90m

process: DRAW DOWN DRAW DOWN


LEVEL LEVEL
500

500
WATER PROOFING
75mm SCREED
Coupling (Link) Beams
WATER PROOFING
75mm SCREED
0.35 Ec Ig WATER PROOFING
75mm SCREED
1.00 Ec Ig
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
PILE PILE
250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE 250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE 250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE
TO SPECIFICATION TO SPECIFICATION TO SPECIFICATION

NOTE:
ANCHORS SUPPORT TO BE DERMINED
COMPACTED SUB-BASE
TO SPECIFICATION RC Floor Slabs (for flexure)
COMPACTED SUB-BASE
TO SPECIFICATION 0.25 Ec Ig COMPACTED SUB-BASE
TO SPECIFICATION 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR.

F SECTION H SECTION J SECTION


S-100 SCALE 1:50 S-100 SCALE 1:50 PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) S-100 0.35 Ec Ig
SCALE 1:50 0.50 Ec Ig
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab NOTE:
WATER TABLE LEVELS TO BE CONFIRMED BY ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION.

Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in SHOTCRETE TO FORM
SMOOTH FACE TO RECEIVE WATERPROFFING

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
RC RAFT
WATERPROOFING
PLOT BOUNDARY
75mm BLINDING

other bespoke analyses 250mm COMPACTED HARD CORE


TO SPECIFICATION
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
BASEMENT
(INDICATIVE, TO BE DESIGNED BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR)

REFER TO
procedure and key portions verified by hand
SECANTcalculations.

PLAN
2 HARD / SOFT PILED WALL
-

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
SCALE 1:10

75
FINAL EXCAVATION

250
LEVEL

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member 1000
EXCAVATION LEVEL

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
-3.10m
EXCAVATION LEVEL 2
1 COMPACTED SUB-BASE
-3.60m
TO SPECIFICATION

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed TBC BY
CONTRACTOR
TBC BY
CONTRACTOR

in following table: G SECTION 1 TYPICAL EXCAVATION SECTION


-
S-100 SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:20

PLOT BOUNDARY

(INDICATIVE, TO BE DESIGNED BY SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR)

LEGEND:
LEVELS ARE NOT TIED TO DATUM AND REFERS TO NATURAL GROUND LEVEL ON SITE. 3 TYPICAL SHEET PILE PLAN
-
FINAL LEVEL TO BE DEFINED BY THE ADDITIONAL SOIL INVESTIGATION CAMPAIGN. SCALE 1:10
INFORMATION FOR TENDER PURPOSES ONLY.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GE N E R A L N O T E S SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT

JT & PARTNERS SC-S-102 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL


503 Building 12, Bay Square
Business Bay, Dubai UAE,
A R C H I T E C T U R A L
AND ENGINEERING CONSULTANT
RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
WYE.D1113-SC-S-102 AS SHOWN
P.O. Box 112825

ENABLING WORKS
Tel | +971 4 277 8740

A1
Fax | +971 4 277 8958
dubai@webbyates.com Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers DUBAI P.O.Box 413606, T: +971 (0)4 452 1135
JANUARY 2018 2C003
SECTIONS (SHEET 2/2)
ABU DHABI P.O.Box 51452, T: +971 (0)2 644 0994

PAR TNE R S E-MAIL


WEB MAIL
i n f o @ j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
w w w . j t p a r t n e r s . c o m
P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates RS AR WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
46 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
11
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the 9
10 7.50° 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

8 7600

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated


6
7 with 8400
8400

5 8400 100 4600 1200 6902

all disciplines
435
RW2
4 8400
200
RW3
A
3 5900 RW1

72
8800
2 C2 C2 W05

Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
RW13


8800

W02
1 8400 400 C2
C2
255 W05

8400
W05

W02
RW15
10900 RW12 500

7235
900 C2

of design approach for walls 4600 3050 150

RW3
7338 C2
W05
C2

W02
2933 RW11 C2 W05
TA

900

1000 400
• Attend site during the soil investigation
W02

700
W05

1100
RW10 C2 2

1500

1500

1500

1500
100 W0 C6

110
C2 C6 C6 C6 C6

100

0
C2

6000
W02

W02
100
C6

Review both factual and interpretive soil reports

400

3800

W05
700
C2
4272

C2

100

W0
C2

0
450
C2

2
TB

W0
400
1912 C2 C4 C6 C6 C6 C6
A

700
332

180
C2 W02

0
Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

RW4
2


W0

3800
C2 3800 100

5400
C6 0
C2 C4 22 0
RW10

450
100 C4
60 0

265
500
C2 788

and the effect on pile design.

0
8800

C12 C12 C12 C12 C6


TC

5123
C2

1158
100 C4 C6 C2

5000
0 C6
C2 30 0

500
C2
TA
70

700
C10

100
5000

900
2 255
W0

5440
C2 1 50 100

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of

6000
0
265

W0
243 C3 1

110
B

3
0
C2
1920

302
850

0
265

135
C6

5
2 C12 C12 C12 C12 C6
W0

700
500

0
2777

TD

110

110

800

800

800

800

700
6000

the enabling works and foundations


700

C6

500
W0

W0

0
C6

560
135
0
850
2
2

2
W0
W02 W0 C4

RW5
W0

0
100 0
TB
C2 100 C6 370

110
240
2

400
200
W02

2
RW9

0
25 0

335
791

0
700 0
0
0
C6

1000 45

900
10 0

0
100

100
W02
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
0

8050
740
T14
C5

W02

100
2 C4

2825
W0 2
500

W0 C6
5400

700
17400

W02

C6 W02 W02 C6 0
28 0
T13 RW5
W02

460
865
C6
2950
100

W0
100 3250 0 1585 1225

2700
15 0

0
TC

00

335
100 0 3441

2
Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
740

1635 13
C

0
C6

W0
35 1300
C6
2150

W02 C3 C2 C2
100

700
1800

2
W02
C2
T12

W02
100 2
W0

2576
3800 100 C6 0 2.52°

1800 16

4250
100 0
W02 C6 38 0
0 740 C3 5.05° 1585

Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


700


6000

C6

700
100 100
C12 10 0
3450
T11

8500
100 C3 C2 C2
XK
100 C6 °
5.05
TD
W04

3800

C12
XJ
0
RW8

10 0 740

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture


C9
100

700
C12
2250
T10 XH
100 ° 2880
C12 C3 5.05

700
100
C6 C6
740
0
C2 D

510
C12 C6 C2 C2 C2
XG
Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
C2

700
800


100
7400 C12
T9 5°
6280

800

C6 5.0
T1 7400 100
740
0

309
C12
800

XF

5
700
T2

8500
RW5
7400

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 T8


C12
800

COLUMN SCHEDULE
T3 7400 C6
17.50° 5°
17.50° 5.0 4260 3605
T4
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm) 2643
XE
T5 T7 E
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)
C1 Ø 500

276
C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
T6 C2 C2

200
C2 400 x 800
1585 C2 5° C2
5. 0
XD
C3 300 x 900
1525 C3

• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project


C4 900 x 900
8487

8500
6260

C5 200 x 200 C3

C6 300 x 1400 C1 1400 3450 2056


XC
Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large

°

5
C1

5.0
C10 400 x 1400 C3
F
RW

C12 300 x 1600 C1 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2


2867 C2
7

C1 C1

209
C2

floor plates RETAINING WALLSCHEDULE E 3125


C2

2.5
YA C2 XB

8500
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm) C2

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term YBeffects
XA
8500

RW1 300 C1
C1
RW2 300
G
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
RW3 600 C1 2867 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
C1
C2
F
RW4 500
485

5090
C2
RW5 300

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy


C2
RW6 300
C2
RW7 300 RW6 RW5
8500

C2
200 200 4421
RW8 300

Development of the structural design for the roof feature


C1


RW

RW9 300 C1
5

RW5
RW10 500
G
Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
8400 8400 8400 8400 8400


RW11 300 7.50°
6450

RW12 300 8400


8400
RW13 300
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure
8400

X7
RW14 300 8400
5506
RW15 300 8400
X6
8400
X5
WALLSCHEDULE
7000
X4
X3
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm) X2
W02 300 X1
W03 350
1 COLUMN & WALL SETTING OUT PLAN (BASEMENT TO LEVEL 01)
W04 400
S-113 1 : 200
W05 400

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-113 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-113 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 COLUMN AND WALL
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates SETTING OUT PLAN (BASEMENT TO LEVEL 01)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
47
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and 12 13 14 15 16 properties)
17 18 properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
Concrete Columns B2
0.7 Ec Ig
3800 100
1.00 Ec Ig

800
800

800
TA

800
700
B2

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
W02

B3

B3

950
SC1
B2 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


2
W0

700

700
700

700
900

6000
600

5200
process:

W02

W02
0
110

135

W0
0
C7

700
C7
TB

W0
C7 C7 C7

2
2

550
110
SC1

180
700

135
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
W02

0
C7

550
2
W0

0
300 1300 2200 100

17400
110

5400
0
220

900
C7 SC1

0
700
600

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


C7 100

1700
TC
C7 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


C7

700
C7
C7

900

6000
110 1350
TA 2

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
W0

0
C7

800

800
800

800

700
C11 C11 C11 C11

110 1350
100 C7
700

TD

140
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig
C7

0.50 Ec Ig
3800

0
0
C7

W0

1597
600
C7

W0
140

700
2
6000

700

C7

110 900
0
C7
B3

2
0

0
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab

700
B3

C7 C7
TB
2
W02 W0 310
0

140
C7 0
370
B3
C7 C7 0
280

0
W02

B3
Analysis
4400

180
150

700

700
865
C7 C7
W02

W02
T14

0
17400

Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
5400

C7 0
740
3800

C7
W02 1300 300
C7
T13
W02

TC
1800

700
W02
1300 1270

100 10 C7

by CSI.T12Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
00 2450
1800

C7 0

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms


C7 350 W02 740
C7
C11 C7
100
3450 C7
6000

865

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
C11 0
740

700
C7
TD
C11
T11
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member

700
C7 C11 C7 C7

C11 740
0

T10 ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


®
700

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


800

700
C11 C7
0
740
800

C11
T9
800

other bespoke analyses


C11
7400 C7

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA


800

0
740
T1
7400
T8
T2
7400

T3
7400
17.50°
T7
17.50°
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
T4
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked properties memberT6 stiffness
T5

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios 1listed
COLUMN & WALL SETTING OUT PLAN (TYPICAL FLOORS)
1 : 200 S-114

in following table:

COLUMN SCHEDULE
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)
C7 200 x 1400
C11 200 x 1600
SC1 RHS 400x200x16

WALL SCHEDULE
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
W02 300

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-114 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-114 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 COLUMN AND WALL LAYOUT PLAN
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates SETTING OUT PLAN (TYPICAL FLOORS)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
48 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
• Attend site during the soil investigation
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction15 16 17 18

and the effect on pile design.


3 1 18500
S-202 7400 S-200 7400 3700

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of 4600
RW3
1200 6902

72
the enabling works and foundations

2150

W02
W05

RW3
400
1900 400 2000
Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
W05

W02

W02
• W05

8400

RW15
-6.300 m SSL

W02

4350
400
W05 SLAB THK = 700mm

14000
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4

1200 1150
W05
TA

400
W05 W02

1100

1000 800
1500

2200
19800
C6 C6

• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly

RW14
4350

6000

6000
W02
3800

W02

W05
TB
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture

700
RW14

400
4600 7250 W02

3800
3800

RW4
5400
W05

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project

RW14
3700 788 4
TC S-202

1600
C2

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 150 RW14 4734

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project 1 BASEMENT 2 FRAMING PLAN
S-120 1 : 200

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large


floor plates
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
RETAINING WALLSCHEDULE

Development of the structural design for the roof feature


WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)

• RW3 600
RW4 500

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
RW14 300
RW15 300

level or for a structure


COLUMN SCHEDULE to overcome the need for a transfer structure
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm) REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
C2 200 x 800
C6 300 x 1400 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.

WALL SCHEDULE 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.


WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
S-200 TO S-203.

WORK IN PROGRESS
W02 300
W05 400

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-120 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-120 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates BASEMENT 2 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
49
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic17Loads Under Wind Loads
10
Structural
11 Element
12 13
7.50° 3700 7400
14
7400
15 16 18
7400 7400 3700

be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of8 9
8400
7600 2
S-202
3
S-202
(cracked section
1
S-200
(un-cracked section
7 8400

the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent 5
6 the spatial and
3 8400
8400
1 100
RW2
2800 300 4300
properties)
3050 300 3900 150 1200 3700 6902
properties)
4
S-202 RW3

vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will
13 be modelled as
5900
A
S-201

3 8800 RW1
2
2 8800 S-200 S-203 C2 C2 W05
-2.500 m SSL

0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)


RW13

3978
W02
shell elements, columns as frame1elements11and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will
12 8400 C2
10900 S-203 C2
Concrete Cores, Shafts and SLAB THK = 300mm W05

8400

8400
RW15
W05

8191

400
W02
RW12 C2 500
-3.000 m SSL

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the

RW3
Walls
C2

W02
S-203

3900
3950
W05

0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50TA Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


C2 4600 5862
RW11 C2 SLAB THK = 500mm W05

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
W05

800

800
1200
RW10 C2
W0
2 C6
10 0 BB1 C6 BB1 W02

1000
400
C2 C6 C6 C6
C2 2800 4600 3050 4350

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

6000
5650
W02

W02
C6

W05
3800
W0
C2 C2
C2

2
-3.000 m SSL C2
TB

W0
C2

In general, the following


10 software will be used during the various stages of the design
C4 C6 C6 C6 C6

600
A

700
2
W02

0
SLAB THK = 500mm C2

RW4
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

3800
C2 3800 100

5400
100 C6 2
S-203
C2 C4 W0
RW10

process:
C4
4

500
C2 3700
8800

C2
C12 C12 C12 C12 C6 S-202
TC

4800
C4 C2

1600
C6
4500 C2 C6 -2.500 m SSL

500

252
C2
TA
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
C10

5
2
300 C2 W0

6000
W0
C3
SLAB THK = 500mm
B C2

3
100 C6

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


57

2 C12 C12 C12 C12 C6


W0
500

TD
6000

C6

W0
W0

W0
C6

2
2

2
SSL SSL
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
W02 C4
50 m

RW5
m 0
TB
C2 50 C6 370
-3.9

W0
W02 -3.9 2
W0
RW9

00

2
36 C6
6057

W02
R

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
0

8050
740
T14

W02
C5 2 C4
S-203
W0 2
500

W0 C6
500
5400
17400

W02

C6 W02 W02 C6

PT Floor SlabsT13(for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


RW5
W02
C6

W0

2700
3441
TC

2
0
740
C6 C6
C

W0
-4.300 m C3 C2 C2

SAFE® V14 8 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab

W02
SSL C2

2
W02 C6 T12 2.52°

W02
2
C6 W0 740
0
S-203 C3 5.05°
6000

C6

Analysis
C12 W02
T11

8500
C3 C2 C2
W04

XJ XK
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
C6 °
5.05
TD C12
C9 740
0
C12
RW8

T10 XH C3 5.05
°

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
C12
D
AutoCAD ® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms
C6 C6 0
C12 740 C2 C2 C2 C2
C6
RETAINING WALLSCHEDULE XG C2
7400 C12
T9 5°

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
C6 5.0
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
T1 7400
C12 740
0

T2 XF

8500
RW5
RW1 300

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member T8


7400
C12

T3 ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


C6
RW2 300 7400
17.50°
17.50°
5.0
5° ®
RW3 600
T4 XE
spreadsheets and hand calculations.
RW4
RW5
500
300
C2 Designs / GeneralT5post-processing
T6
T7 and C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
E
C2 5° C2

other bespoke analyses


RW6 300 5. 0
XD -2.500 m SSL

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA


C3
RW7 300

8500
RW8 300 C3 SLAB THK = 500mm

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


RW9 300 C1
XC

°
5
C1

5.0
RW10 500
C3
F
RW

C1
RW11 300 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 5
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
C2 C2
7

C1 C1
-2.500 m SSL C2
RW12
E 300 S-202
7


C2

2.5
RW13 300
YA S-203
SLAB THK = 500mm
XB
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
C2

8500
RW14 300
C2
RW15 300
XA
8500

C1
YB
stiffness for walls, columns
COLUMN SCHEDULE and beams under seismic loading cases, as per C1
C1

C2 C2 C2 C2 C2 G
C1

recommendations of the ACI 318 FSection 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm) C2
C1 Ø 500 C2

C2 400 x 800 C2

in following table: C3 300 x 900


C2
RW6 RW5
8500

C2
C4 900 x 900
C1
6
RW

C5 200 x 200 C1
5

C6 300 x 1400 RW5 S-202

C10 400 x 1400 G 7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400


C12 300 x 1600 8400
8400

WALLSCHEDULE 8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
8400
X7
8400
X6
W02 300 8400
X5 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
W03 350 7000
X4
W04 400 X3 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
X2 1 BASEMENT 1 FRAMING PLAN
BEAM SCHEDULE X1 REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
S-121 1 : 200
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
BB1 300 x 600 S-200 TO S-203.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-121 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-121 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates BASEMENT 1 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
50 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
RETAINING WALLSCHEDULE
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)

• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
RW1 300
11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10
RW2 300 7.50° 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
RW3
RW4
600
500 8
9 8400
7600
2
S-202
3
S-202
1
S-200
7 8400 1
all disciplines
RW5 300
6 3
8400 S-202
+2.000 m TOW
5
RW6 300 2800
8400 455
S-201 RW2
RW7 300 4 5900 RW3
A
Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR)2 and RAK
3
municipality to confirm acceptance
RW1


8800
RW8 300 13 2 +2.000 m TOW
200
8800

GB7
S-200 S-203
RW9 300 RW13
12 8400
1
of design approach for walls
RW10 500

GB7
10900 S-203 400

8400
+0.200 m SSL
RW11 300 1350
11 RW12 1500

RW3
C3 +0.200 m SSL
RW12 300 +2.000 m TOW S-203
C3 1725 +1.700 m SSL SLAB THK = 400mm +2.000 m TOW

Attend site during the soil investigation


1100 300

• RW13 300 SLAB THK = 400mm


RW11

4779
400 1000 1000 100

1725

200
GB7
GB8
TA

4780

GB6

1725

400
GB3
8
SLAB THK = 400mm GB GB9 GB11 GB11 GB11 GB11 W02
RW10 C2
W0
2
GB6 1500

500
C2 GB10 C6 C6 C6 C6 C6

Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


C2

GB7
300 1500

GB12
GB3 +0.200 m SSL +0.600 m SSL

6000
GB11

C2 1725

5200
W02

W02
1100 2000
1325

W0
+1.925 m SSL SLAB THK = 300mm
SLAB THK = 400mm C6 3600 2500

2
SSL

W0
GB6
1025
TB

700
25 m
Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
C6 C6 C6 C6


C2

800 800
+0.5 0mm GB10
370

C3 SLAB THK = 300mm


A

700
= 30

225

1500 1800
C4 HK W02

1725

900
C2
BT

GB3
10 +0.900 m SSL
SLA GB10 1800 150 +2.000 m TOW
C2

GB10
and the effect on pile design.

5400
2
S-203
W0
RW10

GB12
GB6 C6
GB11

C2

GB11
C4 1450 50

RW4
SLAB THK = 300mm 300 600 3800 300
4

GB7
C4

200
1325
C2
8800

TC
W C12 GB13 C12 GB13 C12 GB13 C12 C6
+2.000 m TO GB3

800
1725 S-202
C2 10 0

Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
C10

1725

9300

GB6

650
C4 C6

600
1325 400
TA

GB3
C6 C6

4800
6
940

C2 W0
2 GB
SSL

6000
C2 GB6 C3

GB12

GB11
C3 25 m
B

GB
+1.9
the enabling works and foundations

850
1025
0
C2 250

1100

1500
mm

6
GB1
1 GB3 2 GB
6 300 C12 C12 GB14 C6 GB15

110
100 W0 = C12 C12
C6 HK
C2
TD
6000

BT

0
10 0

W0
SLA

850
GB3 300

W0
+2.000 m C6

700
2
TOW C6 1100 100 1200

225
2
663 200

240
100 10 FC1

W0

RW5
0

W0
Finalise the piling
TB
package based on the ACES report and recommendations
00 370

00 W02 0
1025 1000 40 2 11 00 40 C6 C4

0
2

2
0 W0
9514

200 1200
10 +2.000 m TOW
9 C6
RW9

300 1000 2
W0

W02
W02

200
GB2

0
100

8050
740

1300

W02
S-203 C5 2 225
4400

W0
T14
863
W02 0

W0

140
17400

280

600
C4

Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


W02


5400

100 W02 C6

0
0

GB1
RW5

0
3250 140
W02

T13

865
C6
100 C6

225
3400

W0
C3 C6 +2.350 m TOW

6
TC

35 1300
0
GB1 740 FC3 GB16

2
1800

C6
C
2
GB5 GB

3435

700
C3

W02
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly

W02
1800 16
T12
2000

100 W02 C6
8

365
700

2.52°

170
2 0

45
+1.925 m W0 740 225
C3

0
W02

1600 14
SSL C6 5.05°
6000

S-203
+0.200 m C6

160
C6

865
935
SSL 100 C6

architecture, TD
MEP and landscape architecture

0
SLAB TH 3450

8500
T11
0
K 210
XK
C12 = 300mm C3 °
SLAB TH 1900 14 500 5.05

GB1
XJ
0
K= 96 200 740
GB4

300mm

225
C12 C6

6
RW8

596 C9
XH

225
C3 1725
T10
C12

Develop andCOLUMN
finalise the waterproofing system for the project
°

• C6 5.05
C12
740
0 C3
D
700

C6
SCHEDULE 100 FC1
7400
C12
XG
T9

GB
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm) C12 FC3 5°

Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200T2


5.0


C6

16
7400 0
C1 T1 Ø 500 C12 740
GB
XF
+1.700 m SSL

RW5

8500
7400 +1.700 m SSL 16
C12
C2 400 x 800
T3
7400 C6 17.50° T8 SLAB THK = 400mm
GB5

+2.350 m TOW

Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)

GB
SLAB THK = 550mm


C3 300 x 900 17.50° FC3 5.0
T4 XE

16
C4 900 x 900 GB17 GB17 GB17 GB17 GB17
C5 200 x 200 T5 T7 E
C2
T6
Detailed design of all structural elements for the project

550
5

GB
C6 300 x 1400 C2 22 5°
5. 0

16
C9 400 x 1600 C3 C3
XD

GB17

8500
C10 400 x 1400
ON HOLD

GB17
C1 3000x3000x650

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large


C12
FC1
300 x 1600
300 x 1400 +2.000 m
TOW
C1

XC
DROP SLAB (TYP)
550

°
C1

5
5.0
C1 225
F
floor plates
RW

FC3 300 x 900 C3


+1.925 m SSL 5
7

E
C1 S-202
7 FC3
550


SLAB THK = 300mm +1.150 m SSL
WALL SCHEDULE YA
2.5
XB
S-203

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects

GB17

8500
GB17
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm) SLAB THK = 400mm
8500

W02 300
XA C1 +1.700 m SSL

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


225

YB C1

550
SLAB THK = 400mm
BEAM SCHEDULE C1
C1
GB17 G
225

225

GB17
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy F
400

BEAM TAG SIZE (mm)

GB17
GB1 ON HOLD 200 x 1000
225
550
GB2 200 x 1325

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


RW6 RW5
8500

200
GB3 400 x 1325 m TOW 200 +2.350 m TOW
+2.350 +2.000 m TOW
C1
GB4 800 x 2025
6
RW

C1
225
5

GB5 200 x 2025 RW5 S-202

• Develop the design for the Gtransfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
GB6
GB7
400 x 2125
400 x 1900
+2.350 m TOW
7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure


8400
GB8 200 x 2125
8400
GB9 300 x 2125 8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
GB10 200 x 400 8400
X7
GB11 300 x 800 8400
X6
GB12 200 x 1625 8400
X5
GB13 300 x 1625
7000
X4 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
X3
GB14 300 x 1400
300 x 1800
X2 1 GROUND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
X1
GB15
S-122 1 : 200 REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
GB16 1000 x 1200
GB17 400 x 950 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-122 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-122 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates GROUND FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
51
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will 12 13 14 Under Seismic
15 16 17Loads
18 Under Wind Loads
10
Structural
11 Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of8 9
7.50° 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

7 8400
7600
(cracked
1 section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent 5
6 the spatial and 8400
8400
T14 properties)
S-200

properties)
4 8400
T13
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as A
3
3 8800
5900
S-201

2 370
0

0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)


2 8800
T12
shell elements, columns as frame1elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will 8400 S-200
Concrete Cores, Shafts and

8400
0
10900 740

T11
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the 740
0 Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50TA Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
T10
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. 2 W02
W0 C6
C2 0 C6 C6 C6 C6
+5.525 m SSL 740

6000
C2
T9 Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

W02

W02
C2 C6

W0
2
SLAB THK = 250mm 0
740
C2 00 TB

W0
0
300
50
T8
C3 C6 C6 C6 C6

In general, the following


A
software will be used during the various stages of the design

2
R1 C4

R1
W02

740
0
Concrete Beams
C6
0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

5400
2
C2 C4 W0

process: T7 C2 C4
8800

C2 740
0
C6
C12 C12 C12 C12 C6 TC
C2
C4
TA
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
C10 C6 C6
C2 FC1 2
700 W0

6008

6000
C2

850
0
10 5
B C3 100 C2
250
0
1

505
4732 2 MB

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


W0

250
100

110
C2

0
TD
C12 C12 C12 C12 C6
6000

100 C6

0
0
W0

W0
3250 1
MB

300
850
C6 C6 FC1

2
663
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

200
W02

240
W0
100 12

W0
TB W02
00
2 0 C6
C4

2
W00 250

2
0
0
1

1200 20
MB

0
C5 100

1000 40

00

W02
400

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
863 13

8050
W02
2
W0 C6

0
2
W0

1500 20

W0
17400

C6
W02

C6 C4
5400

W02 150

670
W02 C6

2
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
W02
3000 0
360

0
W0
500

160
C6
TC

35
C3 300

2
0

35 2165
21 0
C

0
365 34
FC3

W02
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
500

220
1800

935
C6 C3

MB
900
1800 16 2
W02

0
C6

W0
100 +5.525 m SSL 2.52°

170

1
3800 C6 2

81
W0

160
C6

0
C6 C3

865
W02

1600 13
5.05°
6000

800

0
160
Analysis
C12 SLAB THK = 250mm 10 C6

MB
0
0

8500
100 3450

XJ XK
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software

4
TD
°
C12
1 0 C3 5.05
MB 210 C6
C12 500
1496 596 C9
C3 C12
XH °

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
FC1 5.05
D
C6 C6 C3

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms


MB1

MB
142
C12

4
XG

2
7400 C12 300

227
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
230
0 C6 5°
5.0

5
7400
T1 C12 FC3
XF

8500
7400
T2
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member
C12

ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


7400
T3 17.50°
C6 17.50°
5.0
5° ®
T4 FC3
XE
spreadsheets and hand calculations. C2 Designs / GeneralT5post-processing and E
C2 T6 5°

other bespoke analyses C3


5. 0
XD
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA

8500
C3
C1
C1
XC procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.

°5
5.0
C1
C1
C3 F
For the structural analysis of concreteE elements un-cracked member stiffness properties C1


YA
FC3

2.5
XB
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member

8500
C1
COLUMN SCHEDULE XA
8500

YB
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
C1
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)
C1 Ø 500 C1
C1
G
recommendations of the ACI 318 FSection 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
C2
C3
400 x 800
300 x 900

in following table:
C4 900 x 900
C5 200 x 200
8500

C6 300 x 1400 C1
C1
C9 400 x 1600
C12 300 x 1600

FC1 300 x 1400 G 7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400

FC3 300 x 900 8400


8400
8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
WALL SCHEDULE 8400
X7
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm) 8400
X6
W02 300
8400
X5
7000
X4 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
X3
BEAM SCHEDULE X2 1 LOWER MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm)
X1 REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
MB1 300 x 600 S-123 1 : 200
MB4 400 x 600 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-123 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-123 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LOWER MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
52 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700
9
7.50°

8 7600
1
7 8400

all disciplines
S-200
6 8400

5 8400

4 8400
3 A
T14
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR)2 and RAK
3
municipality to confirm acceptance
5900
S-201
8800
2 8800 T13
1
of design approach for walls
8400 S-200
0
370

8400
10900
T12
0
740

Attend site during the soil investigation


3857

• T11 7

800
385
TA
2 MB2
MB W02

800
2
740
0 W0 MB2 C6
C2 C6 C6 C6 C6

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


300 1500
T10

6000
C2

5200
W02

W02
C6

1100 2000
C2 0 B1

W0
740 MS

700
T9 TB
Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

MB
C2 C4

W0
C3 C6 C6 C6 C6

1
A

700
2
0 B1 W02

900
740 MS +7.325 m SSL

MB
L B1
TEE C6 300 1300 1800 200
T8 MS

1
and the effect on pile design.

5400
N S THK 2 1450 50
C2 C4 BO W0
SLA 225mm SLAB THK = 250mm
200
NC. C4

800
0 B1
C2 740 MS CO CKING
8800

DE
TC

MB
T7 B1
C2 C12 C12 C12 C12 C6
MS

380
Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of

1

C2 C6

650
0
TA C2 C2 740
0
15 0
0 W0
0
28 0 2 C6 C4 C6

6000
MB

220
B1
MS
B

1
the enabling works and foundations
C3 C2 FC1

0
2 10 0
W0

W0
C2
TD
C6 C12 C12 C12 C12 C6
6000

2
W0
C6

W0
C6 FC1

200
2
W02

W0
0

Finalise the piling


TB
package based on the ACES report and recommendations
C4

• C6 135

2
W02 2 150
W0

MB
C5 2 C6

1
W0

W02
100

200

8050
W02
2
W0
17400

140
C6

Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4

600
W02

C6 C4


5400

W02

W0
W02 C6

0
W02

MB
2
R3
SSL

370
000

1
C6
TC 25 m

MB
C3

0
W0
+7.3
C

1
700
2
mm C3 FC3

W02
250

100
C6

Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


=

110

MB
HK

W02
W02 BT C6
SLA 2.52°

1
C6 2 C6

MB
C6 W02 W0 C3
5.05°

1
6000

0
725
C12 C6 100

1600
180
architecture, TD
MEP and landscape architecture

8500
XK

0
C12 100 C3 5.05
°
XJ

MB
C6

1
C12

180
C6
C12
XH
Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
°

0
FC1 5.05
D
C6 C6 C3
C12
XG

370
MB
0
7400

1
C12

Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200T2


C6 5.0


7400
T1 C12 FC3
XF

8500
7400 C12
7400
T3
C6 17.50° 5°

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


17.50° 5.0
T4 FC3
XE
C2 T5 T7 E
T6
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project
C2

5. 0
C3
XD

8500
C3

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large C1


C1

XC


5.0
F
floor plates
C1
C1 C3
C1
E


YA
FC3

2.5
XB
• Detailed studyCOLUMN
ofSCHEDULE
the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects

8500
C1
XA
8500

COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)

(shrinkage / creep / thermal) YB C1


C1 Ø 500
C2 400 x 800 C1
C1
G
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy F
C3 300 x 900
C4 900 x 900
C5 200 x200

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


C6 300 x 1400
8500

C12 300 x 1600 C1


C1
FC1 300 x 1400

• Develop the design for the Gtransfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
FC3 300 x 900
7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure


8400
WALL SCHEDULE 8400
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm) 8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
W02 300 8400
X7
8400
X6
8400
X5
BEAM SCHEDULE 7000
X4 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) X3
X2 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
MB1 300 x 600
X1 1 UPPER MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
MB2 200 x 400
S-124 1 : 200
MB3 200 x 600
2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
MSB1 UB 457x152x82 S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-124 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-124 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates UPPER MEZZANINE FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
53
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will 12 13 14 Under Seismic
15 16 17Loads
18 Under Wind Loads
10
Structural
11 Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of8
3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700
9
7.50°

7 8400
7600
(cracked
1 section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent 5
6 the spatial and 8400
8400

properties)
S-200

properties)
4 8400
T14
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as A
3
3 8800
5900
S-201
T13
2
0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
2 8800

shell elements, columns as frame1elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will 8400 S-200

T12 Concrete Cores, Shafts and


370
0

8400
10900

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls
0
740

T11 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50TA Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. 0 2 W02
740 W0 C6

T10 C6 C6 C6 C6

6000
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

W02

W02
6576 1B1 0 C6
740

W0
T9

2
100

1B1
TB

W0
1B1 L
+8.825 m SS
In general, the following software will be used during the various stagesT8of the design
C6 C6 C6 C6
A

2
0 C4
740 W02

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

0
R 1300
= 300mm 400 C6

5400
SLAB THK C2 C4 W0
2

process:

300
0
C2 740 C4

4723
TC
8800

400
T7 C2
200
300 C12 C12 C12 C12 C6

0
00
C6

17
150

300
C4
TA
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

R
0 C6 C6
C2 740 2
360
0 W0

508

6000
300 0 FC1
300 130
B
0
C2 0 105
300

260

505
Structural Design Software / Approach Description

300
C2

0
TD
C12 C12 C12 C12 C6
6000

2 C6

W0
W0

W0
C6 FC1

2
C6

2
850
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
0
100

W0
300 W02

W0 850
663
TB C4
0

0
400
1000 40

C6

2
2
W02 2

1300 20
W0 0

110
1300 C5 250

W02
3800

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design

8050
24
W02
2
W0 C6 2

00
1B3 W0

1B3
17400

3000

600
W02
5400

C6 C4
1800

863

2000
W02
1000

W0
W02 C6 1B2 C6

PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

1300 865
W02

0
100 32

2
50 C6
TC

W0
1800
600

FC3
C

2
300

935 1635

3800

700
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab

W02
5300 C6 C3

W02
W02 C6
2.52°

865
100 C6 2
C6
3800
W02 W0 C6 C3
5.05°
6000

00 1800
Analysis
C12 100 C6
3450

8500
300
TD XJ XK
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
°
C12 100 C3 5.05

1800 18
5700

+9.125 m C6
SSL C12
C6
SLAB TH C12
XH °

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
FC1 K 5.05
D
= 250mm C6 C6 C3

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 170 0 C12


3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms XG
300

100
7400 C12

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
C6 5°
7400 5.0
T1 C12 FC3
XF

8500
7400
T2
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member
C12

ETABS ® structural analysis for the superstructure.


7400
T3
C6 17.50° 5°
17.50° 5.0
T4 FC3
XE
spreadsheets and hand calculations. 300 C2 Designs / GeneralT5post-processing and E
C2 T6 5°

COLUMN TAG
COLUMN SCHEDULE
SIZE (mm)
other bespoke analyses 3870
28
C3
5. 0
XD
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
185

8500
00 C3
C1 Ø 500 15
1931
FC2

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


00
C2 400 x 800 1B9 C1
FC2
XC
300

C1

°
1B9

5
5.0
C3 300 x 900 1B9 1B2
C1
2531
FC4 C3 F
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
C4 900 x 900 C1
1000
250

SSL 15
E +9.125 m
14
C5 200 x 200 300


YA
FC3

2.5
C6 300 x 1400
XB
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
300 = 250mm
SLAB THK

8500
C11 200 x 1600

XA
8500

C12 300 x 1600


1B1
YB
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
C1
FC1 300 x 1400
250

250
FC2 200 x 200 C1 G
300

3117
3883

recommendations of the ACI 318 FSection 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
FC3 300 x 900 R
11
FC4 200 x 1400 L 00
SS 0
+8.825 m

in following table: WALL SCHEDULE SLAB THK


= 300mm
8500

WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)


W02 300

G 7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400


BEAM SCHEDULE 8400
8400
BEAM TAG
1B1
SIZE (mm)
300 x 1000
8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
8400
X7
1B2 300 x 600 8400
X6
1B3 200 x 600 8400
X5
1B4 300 x 800 7000
X4 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
1B5 1200 x 1400 X3
1B6 1000 x 1200 X2 1 LOWER LEVEL 01 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
1B7 1000 x 1000 X1 S-125 1 : 200
1B8 200 x 400 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
1B9 600 x 1000 S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-125 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-125 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LOWER LEVEL 1 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
54 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700
9
7.50°

8 7600
1
7 8400

all disciplines 5
6 8400
8400 S-200

4 8400
3 A
T14
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR)2 and RAK
3 municipality to confirm acceptance 5900
S-201
8800
2 8800 T13
1
of design approach for walls
8400 S-200 0
370

R 5048

8400
10900
T12
0
740 00
14

• Attend site during the soil investigation T11


3713 100 3300 200 R

1604
500 200
1B8
1B8
W02 TA

800
R 97

950
1B2

1B2
0 2
740 5 W0 C7 SC1
1B8
C7 C7 C7 C7

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports


300 1500
T10

6000
W02

W02
0 C7

1100 2000
740 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500

W0
T9

550
TB
• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

W0
C7 C7 C7

800
A

600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

600 1000
2
0 C4 C7 SC1
740 W02
C7
T8
750 1700 1800 750

and the effect on pile design.

5400
2 1450 100
C4 W0 SC1
200
0
740

800
C2 C4

150 1450
100 700

1700
TC
8800

C2 10 0
T7 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7

800
Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
C7


C2 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500 2950 1500 800
C4
TA
0
C2 740 FC1 2
C7 C7
W0 +10.925 m SSL

6000
0
B 10 5

the enabling works and foundations


C2 1B7

505
2 SLAB THK = 300mm
W0 1B7

W0
C2

0
C11
TD
C11 C11 C11 C7

2
6000

C7

W0

W0
C6

2
C7 C7

1B7

1597
2
W02

Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
R
TB

C4

W0
100 14

1B7
W02 2 C6 FC4 00
W0 100

0
100 1197

2
7046

1200 20

1B7
2 FC4
1B3 W0 2 82 4
W0

200
W02
30 0

8050
1500 20
1B3

W02

1B3
0
32 0 C7
FC4 1.16°

140
600
17400

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


W02

C6 C4
5400

500
C6 0 W0 1.94°

W0
W02 140 C7

1B7
0
0
W02

1B7
100

1B7
W02 500 300 C6 SSL 1.94°
TC m 82 4 °

1B7
.925 1.16

W0
+10
FC4
C8 C

700
500 mm

W02
C6 300 C8

Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly


200

=

W02
W02 HK C7
BT

1B7
170
C6 2 SLA ° R

81
W0 00 C7 1.16 C8 17
1B5

0
C6 W02 00

1600 13

1B7
6000

25 FC4 °

300 1300
1.94 2.52°

160
0
C12 10 0 C6

architecture, TD
MEP and landscape architecture

0
10 0

8500
30 0 5.05°

00

1.9
XK
1800 18
C12 300 14 1496 596 C8
50
1B5 6° XJ

600
C7

1B
1.1

1B7
C12 C6 °
5.05

7
FC4
C12
XH
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project
FC1
C12
C6
1B5
C6 C8
5.05
° D
XG

220

1B
1.1

1B
C12 0

7
15 0 4°

6
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200
C6 29 0
0 1.9
C12 1B5 FC4 C8

5.0 XF

8500
C12 4°
1.9
7400 C6

1B
6 °
1. 1

6
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)

1B
7400

6
C8
5.0
5° XE
1B4

E
7400 FC4
6600

C2
T1 7400 17.50°
1.9

• Detailed design
COLUMNof all structural elements forT3the project T7
C2 17.50°
SCHEDULE T2 32
00
1.1

XD

1B
1B 5°
3
1B
1B

6
40 6 C8 5. 0

3
200 0 02
20

8500
2030 00
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)
T4 0 C8

Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep /T5 thermal) on the large
00
• C1 38 FC4
3
C1 Ø 500 1B
15
1B

C1
00

XC
3

C2 400 x 800
T6 FC4 1B
6
F
floor plates
C1

°
C3 300 x 900 70

5
5.0
C8

C1 0
C4 900 x 900 0.5

E
15

C6 300 x 1400
14

YA
C8
XB
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects

C7 200 x 1400

2.5

8500
C8 200 x 900
R 1700

XA
8500

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


C11 200 x 1600
C12 300 x 1600
YB C1

FC1 300 x 1400


C1
G
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy F
FC3 300 x 900
FC4 200 x 1400
SC1 RHS 400x200x16

• Development WALL
of SCHEDULE
the structural design for the roof feature
8500

WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)

• Develop the design for the Gtransfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
W02 300
7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure


8400
BEAM SCHEDULE 8400
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) 8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
1B1 300 x 1000 8400
X7
1B2 300 x 600
8400
X6
1B3 200 x 600
8400
X5
7000
X4 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
1B4 300 x 800
X3
1B5 1200 x 1400
X2 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
1B6 1000 x 1200
X1 1 UPPER LEVEL 01 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
1B7 1000 x 1000 S-126 1 : 200 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
1B8 200 x 400
S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-126 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-126 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates UPPER LEVEL 1 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
55
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural
11 Element
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of8 9 7600
7.50° 3700 7400 7400

(cracked
7400

section
7400 3700

(un-cracked section
1
7 8400

the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent 5
6the spatial and 8400
8400
properties)
S-200

properties)
4
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as3
8400

3 5900
S-201
A
8800
2 2
shell elements, columns as frame 1elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will 8400
8800
S-200
Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)

8400
R 5190
10900 605

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls

401
0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50TAEc Ig (out-of-plane)

R1
3757 100
3300 200

1600
500 200
2B9
2B9
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. W02

2B3

2B3

950
2
W0 2B9 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7
SC1
300 1500

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

6000
W02

W02
1100 2000
C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500

3400

W0

550
2
C7 C7 C7 C7 SC1
TB

W0
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
0
A

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

600 1000
37 0

800
2
W02

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

2B7
C7
750 1700 1800 750
2

2B8
1450 100

5400
150
0 C7 W0 2B1 SC1

process:
2B8
200
0 750
295

100
200
800

800
1450

1700
2B7

0
C7
8800

600
TC
0 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7
295

600
R7 0
500 150

800
+14.225 m SSL C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500 2950 1500

100
600
100 700

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


C7

100
2B8
TA

0
2 C7 C7 +14.525 m SSL

2B6
0
2B8

100
SLAB THK = 300mm W0 29 5
0

6000
2B1
600

0
0

670
B 15 0 SLAB THK = 250mm

600
C7 0

0
2B8 150

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


2B2 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7

W0
C7 2B2 2B2 2B2 2B2 2B2

200
8
0
C7 295

2B8

2B6
TD

100
156
2B2
6000

2
300 200
3300

100

0
R2

W0
C7
2B2
0
295

1597
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

140

1397
C7

200

0
2B4

300
C7
1300

0
TB
0

0
150

200
14 0

600
2B3
SL

300
300

372
W02 C7 C7
2B2

1100
10 0

R1
mS

200
2B4 0 5527
370

2B3

600
2B2 45 0 .525

W0
C7

400
2 10 0 +14
2B3

C7

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
W0

200
2B8 0
0mm

1
2B2 295

8050
= 25

100
2B3

600
T14
800

0 HK
150

140
17400

2B2 0

0
T

100
C7 740

600
5400

B
W02

2B3
PT Floor SlabsT13
(for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
SLA
4400
C7

200

0
1500

100
0
W02

W0
C7 C7
1000

6700

600
W02

0
2950

372

1
TC 1500 500 300 C7 0
15 0
C

5
600
0
150

300
0
0 600

SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab


740
1000

2500 500 9 50
2B3

1500

W02
2950 C7
1000 200
2 295
0 2B2 R3

100
T12
20

W02
W02 C7 C7
1000 60

0 0

100
29 5

200 1400

170

0
800

0 600

81

0
0 600

0 C7

0
W02 15 0

1600 13
6000

C7 0
150

Analysis
0

600
SSL

160
740
1000 60

C7
C7 950 2B2 m
1000 60

550 .225

8500
600
T11
2

Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
3450
C11 +14 2.52°
TD
1500
2950 1496 596 0 mm
295 300

600

100
2950 C7 =
2B3

1500 C11 0 HK 5.05°


150 0 BT

0
740 SLA
2B2
XJ XK
2950

1000
C11
T10
1500

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
C7

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms


C7 °
D

200
2B2 +14.525 2950 C7 5.05
m SSL 1500 C11 C7
C11
XH
200

0
2B2 SLAB TH 740
C11 K = 250mm 2B2
T9
accordance to XG
the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
°
5.05

300
7400 2B2
C11 C7
200

2B2 0

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member T8


740

8500
7400
2B2
T1
C11

ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


2B2

T2
7400 C7
® XF 5.0

300

7400
17.50°
T3
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General
T4 post-processing
T7 and
17.50°

XE
E
T5 T6 5.0

other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
XD

8500

5. 0
2B5
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
F
63
XC
00

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
00
15

°
5
5.0
E +14.225 m SSL

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
COLUMN SCHEDULE
R 3200

8500
SLAB THK = 300mm
XB
0


100

COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)

2.5
8500

YA
R1

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
C7 200 x 1400 2B5
C11 200 x 1600 XA
SC1 RHS 400x200x16 G
YB
recommendations of the ACI 318 FSection 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
WALL SCHEDULE
in following table: WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
8500

W01 200
W02 300

BEAM SCHEDULE G 7.50° 8400 8400 8400 8400 8400


8400
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm)
8400
2B1 200 x 600 8400
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
2B2 500 x 600 8400
X7
2B3 300 x 600 8400
X6
2B4 500 x 1300
8400
X5 REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
2B5 300 x 1000
7000
X4
X3 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
2B6 1500 x 2500
X2 1 LEVEL 02 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
2B7
2B8
1000 x 2500
700 x 1000
X1 S-127 1 : 200
2B9 200 x 400
2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-127 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-127 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LEVEL 02 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN EC CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
56 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

of design approach for walls


• Attend site during the soil investigation S-200
1

R 5048
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports 400
3757 100 3300 200 R1
3

1604
200
Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction TA
3B2

• 3B2

3B3

3B3
S-201 W02

800

950
2
W0 3B2 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7

500
SC1
300 1500

and the effect on pile design.

6000
W02

W02
1100 2000
C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500

W0

550
2
C7 C7 C7 C7
TB

W0
0
370

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000

800
2
W02 SC1
C7

600

17400
2 1450 100 750 1700 1800 750

5400
150
0 C7 W0 SC1

the enabling works and foundations


200
2 0 750

100
295 100

800
100 700

1450

1700
0
C7

600
S-200 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7
TC

600
0
150

800
C7

100
600
Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
0 C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500 2950 1500 800

100

295

0
C7 C7
R

100
W0 0
17

295

6000
+18.125 m SSL

600

0
90

TA 150
0

600
C7

200

100
0
150 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7

W0
C7 C7 SLAB THK = 250mm

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4

0
TD
0

100
295

2
200
3300

600
140

0
W0
C7 C7
450

1597
C7

0
200 1200
6000

600
0 100 R
3B3

140 0
150

200
W02 C7 C7 14
00

372
3B3

100
1600

0 SSL

100
Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
295

0

W0
C7 m

1200 20

5
TB .125
C7 2 0
W0 340

0
200

1
295
0 +18

3B3
mm

R 1789
200
0

600
0 0 250 370 0

140
400 150 370

100
C7 =

3B3
W02

C7 HK

1500

0
BT
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture

0 6

100
W02

600

C7 C7
SLA
T14
1000
17400

W02

W0
0
900 2950

00 6

372
500
5400

650 1500 300 C7 0 0


150 150
0 740

1
5
100
T13

00
0 600

0
1000

500 295
W02

1500
TC
C7
200
1000

2950 0
800 295

100
W02 W02 C7 C7

Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


300 14 0
1000 60


295
200 1400

100
170
50

0
0 600

81
800

0 0
150 740

0
C7

0
0 600

W02

1600 13
300 1300 150
0
T12

160

600
C7
1000 60

C11 450 C7 C7 950


1000 60

0
1500 2950

600
2
6000

2950 100 1500

Develop the BIM to TD


Level of Detail 200
2950 1496 596


0
1500 295 C7 740
0
0

100
C11
1000 60

2950 150
0
T11

0
1500
C11 C7
C7

200
C7 0
+18.125 C11 740

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


C11 m SSL C7

C11
T10
413 SLAB TH
R1 K = 250mm R8
16 0
1600

C11 C7 740
T9
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project 7400
C11
C7
0
740
R4

T1
7400
T8
032

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects


T2 (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
7400

T3 17.50°
7400

T7
17.50°
T4
floor plates T5
T6
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal) 1 LEVEL 03 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
S-128 1 : 200
• DevelopmentCOLUMN
ofSCHEDULE
the structural design for the entrance canopy
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


C7
C11
200 x 1400
200 x 1600
SC1 RHS 400x200x16

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
WALL SCHEDULE
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
W01 200
W02 300

REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
BEAM SCHEDULE
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
3B2 200 x 400 REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
3B3 300 x 600
2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.
ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-128 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-128 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LEVEL 03 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
57
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls 0.35 Ec1 Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
S-200

R 5048
Concrete Columns 3757 100 0.7 Ec Ig 3300 200 R1
400 1.00 Ec Ig

1604
B2
B2
TA
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design
3 W02

800

950
B3
2

B3
W0 B2 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 SC1

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


S-201
300 1500

6000
process:

W02

W02
1100 2000
C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500

W0
2

550
C7 C7 C7 C7
TB

W0
2

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000

800
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
0
370 C7 2
W02 SC1
W0
2

600

17400
1450 100 750 1700 1800 750

5400
150
0 C7 SC1
S-200 200 100
0 750

100
295

Structural Design Software / Approach Description


C7

800
1450

1700
100 700

0
C11 C11 C11 C11 C7
TC

600
600
0

800
150 C7

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

100
600
0 C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500 2950 1500 800
295

100

0
C7
R1

2 C7
W0

100
0
0 SSL
79

295

6000
0
600
0

TA C7 (REFER TO TABLE)

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
0
150

200

600
0
150

100
C7 C7 C11 C11 SLAB THK = 250mm C11 C11 C7
TD
0

100
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
200 295

W0
3300

600
C7

140

0
C7

1597
C7

0
200 1200

600
W0
R
6000

C7 0 14
150
B3

200
2
C7 450 00

SAFE® V14 TB 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab


W02
1600

100
0
B3

C7 100 295

1200 20
C7 2
W0

0
200
0
295 C7
370
0

600
B3

R 1789
200
0

140
150 0
370

100
W02

C7

B3
Analysis
C7 140
0 E)
SSL TABL
800

1500

100
0
W02

C7 600 100 C7
T14
1000

TO C7 0

Raft foundationsT13will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
740

0
600
W02
17400

900 650 2950 500 C7 FER


5400

1500 300 0 E
150 (R 0mm
W02

600
0 25
0 600

100 W02 0 150 =


1000

500 295 HK

W02
1500 C7
TC 200 BT
1000

800 2950 0
295 SLA

100
C7 C7
1000 60

300 14 0
295

by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in

170
0
740

100
50

0
0 600

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms


81
800

W02 0

0
0 600

150 C7

0
1600 13
C7 0
T12
300 1300

160
C7 150

600
1000 60

C11 450 C7 950

0
1000 60

1500 2950 2

600
1500

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
6000

2950 0
2950 100 0 740
1500 1496 596 295 C7
0

100
C11
1000 60

TD
2950 150
0
T11

0
1500

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house C7


Verification of Individual Member C11 C7
740
0

ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


®

200
SS C7
(REFER L C11 C7
C11 TO TABL
E)
T10
spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and
413 C11
SLAB TH
R1 K = 250mm R8 740
0
16
1600

C11 C7
T9
other bespoke analyses
7400 C11

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA


C7 0
7400 740
R4

T1 T8
032

7400
T2 17.50°
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
7400
T3 17.50°

T4 T7
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member
COLUMN SCHEDULE T5 stiffness
T6 properties
COLUMN TAG SIZE (mm)

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
C7
C11
200 x 1400
200 x 1600

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per 1
SC1 RHS 400x200x16
LEVEL 4 TO 9 (TYPICAL) FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed
WALL SCHEDULE 1 : 200
S-129

WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)

in following table:
W02 300

SLAB LEVELS
FLOOR LEVEL
4 +21.725m SSL
5 +25.375m SSL
6 +28.925m SSL
7 +32.525m SSL
8 +36.125m SSL
9 +39.725m SSL
REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
BEAM SCHEDULE 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
B2 200 x 400
B3 300 x 600 2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-129 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-129 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LEVEL 04 TO 09 TYPICAL FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
58 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance 3700 7400 7400 7400 7400 3700

of design approach for walls


• Attend site during the soil investigation S-200
1

R 5048
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports 14
00
100 R
3 3300 200

1604
TA
Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction
10B2


2
S-201
10B

10B3

10B3
W02 SC1

800

950
2
W0 10B2 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7
300 1500

and the effect on pile design.

6000
W02

W02
C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500

W0
2

550
C7 C7
TB

W0
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
0

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000 600 600 1000

1000

800
370

2
C7 W02 SC1

600

17400
2 1450 100 750 1700 1800 750

5400
150
0 C7 W0 SC1
2
the enabling works and foundations
200 100
0 750

100
C7 295

800
1450

1700
100 700

0
S-200
C11 C11 C11 C7
TC

600
600
0
150

800
600

100
0 C7 750 2950 2950 1500 1500 2950 2950 1500 2950 1500 800

Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations

100
295

0
C7 C7

0
2

100
W0 0
R

295

6000
17

0
600
+43.325 m SSL
TA
90

0
150

200

600
0
C7 150 C11 C11 C11 C11 C7

W0
SLAB THK = 250mm

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4


C7
TD

100
0
295

2
200
3300

100

0
C7 C7

W0

1597
C7

0
200 1200

2
6000

10B3

0 0

R 3346
140 150

600
140
10B3

W02 450 C7
100

R
1600

C7 0

0
295

0
Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly

14
600

100

1200 20
TB

00
C7

200
0
295 C7

100
10B3
2

600
W0
200
0
370

140
0 0

100
150

10B3
370

0
C7
W02

C7

0
800

1500

100
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture
W02

600

C7 C7
T14
1000

600
W02

0
17400

900 650 2950 500 0


5400

1500 300 0 C7 740


150

600
T13
100 0
0 600

0 150
1000

W02

1500 500 295


TC
C7
200 C7 2950

100
800 2950
W02
W02 300 14 C7 0
1000 60

1000

Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


295

0
170
50

100
0 600
800

81
0
150
0 C7 740

0
W02

1600 13
C7 0
T12
0 600

150

160
C7

600
1000 60

C11 C7
SSL
450 0

0
1500 2950 295 m

600
.325
1500
1000 60
6000

2950
2950 100 1496 596 +43 C7

Develop the BIM to TD


Level of Detail 200
mm

0 0
1500 295 250 740
0

600
C11

100
1000 60

T11
0 =
THK
2950 0 150

0
1000 60
1500 B
C7 SLA

100
C11

200
0
C7 0
+43.325 C11 C7 740

Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)


C7 29


C11 m SSL
3 C11
1329 13
T10
41 SLAB TH
R1 K = 250mm C7 R8 0
16 740
1600

C11
T9
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project 7400
C11
C7
740
0
T1
7400
R 40

T8
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects
T2 (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large
7400
32

T3
7400 17.50°

T4 T7 17.50°

floor plates T5
T6
• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
(shrinkage / creep / thermal) 1 LEVEL 10 FLOOR FRAMING PLAN
S-130 1 : 200
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
COLUMN SCHEDULE

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


COLUMN TAG
C7
SIZE (mm)
200 x 1400
C11 200 x 1600

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
SC1 RHS 400x200x16

level or for a structure


WALL SCHEDULE
WALL TAG
to overcome the need for a transfer structure
THICKNESS (mm)
W02 300

REFERENCE DRAWINGS:
BEAM SCHEDULE
BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL
10B2 200 x 400 REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
10B3 300 x 600
2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
S-200 TO S-203.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-130 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-130 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates LEVEL 10 FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
59
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of 12 13 14 15 (cracked
16 section
17 18 (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and 3700 7400 7400 7400
properties) 7400 3700
properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70
1 Ec Ig (in-plane)
S-200
1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls

R 5048
0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) ROOF TRUSS 01
SEE DETAIL 2 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. 3 R1
400

1604
800
S-201
mS
SL TA
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
RB2 RB2 RB2 W02
.625

1400
2
W0 +47
K=
B TH
10 0 SLA 00mm

6000
3 3000

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design

W02
W02
100

140
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig

W0
0
RB2
TB

W0

2
0
37 0

W06
2
process:

1600
W02 100 700
2 10 0 400

17400
RB2

5400
2
S-200 W0

826
RB
2

Coupling (Link) Beams +47.225 m SSL


0.35 Ec Ig 100
+47.225 m SSL
700
TC 1.00 Ec Ig

800
800
0

Structural Design SoftwareTA/ Approach Description


15 0

160
m
R

SLAB THK = 400mm

6000
.625 SLAB THK = 300mm
17

+47 0mm

0
2
90

W0 = 30

200
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
HK
BT
RB2 SLA
TD

1597
95

W0
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
12 R
6000

2
W0
14

R 3346
R
W02 100 RB2 400 00

2
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

200
TB 2 370
0
W0 SSL
W02 m
.225
800

W02

SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab +47


0mm
0
T14
W02

740
17400

800
5400

100 +47.975 = 30
m SSL
HK
BT T13
W02
SLAB TH SLA
TC
Analysis
K = 300m

W02
W02 m 0
+47.225 740

160
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
m SSL
800

750

0
SLAB TH
K
W02 T12
= 300mm
6000

0
740

AutoCAD® and Revit


TD
® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by T11
CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
0
740

T10 accordance to the Loading


16 Criteria, in addition to17 the support reactions
18 imported from
1595

413
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member
7400 3700
R1 0

ETABS structural analysis for the superstructure.


740
® 3750 3650
7400 T9
spreadsheets and hand calculations.
T1
7400
Designs / General post-processing and 740
0 500

7400
T8 UC 254x254x107
+51.350 m TOS
T2
T3 other bespoke analyses 7400
17.50°
17.50°

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA


T4 T7
T5
T6 procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
UC 254x254x107
EMBEDED IN 500mm THK
RC WALL

UC 254x254x107

UC 254x254x107
UC
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties

25
7
10

4x

UC
4x

25
25

30
4x
4x

5x
10
25

30
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member

7
UC

5x
ROOF FLOOR FRAMING PLAN

13
1

7
1 : 200 S-131

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
+47.225 m SSL

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed

300
in following table:

400

RHS 400x200x16
UC 254x254x107
EMBEDED IN 400mm THK RC SLAB

ROOF TRUSS 01
WALL SCHEDULE
WALL TAG THICKNESS (mm)
2 DETAIL
W02 300
S-131 1 : 50
W06 500

REFERENCE DRAWINGS:

BEAM SCHEDULE 1. FOR SETTING OUT OF COLUMN AND WALL


BEAM TAG SIZE (mm) REFER TO DWG NO. S-113 & S-114.
RB1 200 x 600
2.FOR SECTION REFER TO DWG NO.
RB2 200 x 400
S-200 TO S-203.

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-131 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-131 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates ROOF FRAMING PLAN
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
60 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
of design approach for walls
TD TC TB TA
• Attend site during
G the soil
F investigation
E D
8500 8500 8500 8500
C
8050
TD
6000
TC
5400
TB
6000
TA 17400
6000 5400 6000

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports 1600 3600 1600 3900 1400 3100 1400 800
ROOF ROOF
1800 3800

+47.975 SSL
2200

750
+47.225 SSL +47.225

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

300

300
3900

3900
LEVEL 10 LEVEL 10

and the effect on pile design. +43.325 SSL +43.325

250
LEVEL 9 LEVEL 9

3600

3600
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of +39.725 SSL +39.725

250
the enabling works and foundations
LEVEL 8 LEVEL 8

3600

3600
+36.125 SSL +36.125

250
• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations
LEVEL 7 LEVEL 7

3600

3600
+32.525 SSL +32.525

250
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
LEVEL 6 LEVEL 6

3600

3600
+28.925 SSL +28.925

250
Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
LEVEL 5


LEVEL 5

3600

3600
+25.325 SSL +25.325

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture

250
LEVEL 4 LEVEL 4

3600

3600
+21.725 SSL +21.725

250
• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project LEVEL 3 LEVEL 3

3600

3600
C11 C11 C7 C7
+18.125 SSL +18.125

250
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 LEVEL 2 C11 LEVEL 2

3600
C11 C11 C7 C7 C11
+14.225 SSL +14.525 SSL +14.225 +14.525 +14.225 SSL

300
300

300

300
250
• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)

300
300

UPPER LEVEL 1

300
3600
2B5 2B5
C12 C12 C6 C6 +10.925 SSL

4800
C1 C1 C2 C12 C12

5100
C1 C2 C2 C2
LOWER LEVEL 1 1B3
+9.125 +8.825 SSL
300

Detailed design of all structural elements for the project

300
• UPPER MEZZANINE

3600
+7.325 SSL

250
1B3 LOWER

300
1B9 MEZZANINE

3000
C12 C5 C2 C2 C2 +5.525 SSL C2
250

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large

6950
6900
C1 C1 C1 C1 C2 C12

250
8050 C12 C12 C6 C6 800 GROUND FLOOR
GROUND FLOOR

3350
+2.350 TOC 400 400 400 +2.350 TOC C12 C5 C2 C2 C2 C2 C2
+2.000 TOC +2.000 TOC

floor plates
400 +1.700 SSL +1.925 SSL +1.700 SSL +1.925 SSL +1.925 SSL

225
1950 1900 2000
225
400
550

+1.150 SSL
550
400

+0.600 SSL
1325

+0.200 SSL
300

1800
400

1725
400
300

300
400
400

C1 C1 C2 C12 C12
4125

C1 C1

4125

500 4125
BASEMENT 1
3800

3800

3800
C2 C2 C2 C12 C12 C6 C6 BASEMENT 1 C5 C2 C2 C2 C2

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
400
3250

C2 C2 RW5 GB6
2800

400

2300
-2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL

2800
-3.000 SSL C2

500
-4.300 TOC

300

1300
(shrinkage / creep / thermal)

500
500

500
500

500
BASEMENT 2 W05 W05 W05 W05
-6.300 SSL 3500

500
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
700

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature


1 SECTION 2 SECTION
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at 1the
: 200
core walls on grid 17 at roof S-120 S-121 1 : 200

level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-200 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-200 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 SECTION 1 & 2
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHHET 1 OF 2)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
61
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and 0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
TA TB TC TD
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the 17400
Walls 0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)
6000 5400 6000

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. ROOF

Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


+47.225 SSL

300
3900
LEVEL 10 1400 3900 1400 4000 1400 3900 1400

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design +43.325 SSL

250
Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process:
LEVEL 9

3600
+39.725 SSL

250
Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
LEVEL 8

3600
+36.125 SSL

Structural Design Software / Approach Description

250
LEVEL 7

3600
+32.525 SSL

250
LEVEL 6
RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

3600
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
+28.925 SSL

250
LEVEL 5
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig

3600
+25.325 SSL

250
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab LEVEL 4

3600
C7 C7 C7 C7
+21.725 SSL

Analysis

250
LEVEL 3
1400 3900 1400 4000 1400 1575 3725
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software

3600
+18.125 SSL C7 C7 C7 W01

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in

250
LEVEL 2 C7 C7 C7 W01

3600
LEVEL 2
+14.525 SSL

250
+14.225

accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from

1250 250

300

300
2250

300
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member 2B7 UPPER LEVEL 1

3000
W02 FC4 C8

ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.


+10.925

300
2B6

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and


C4 C4
1B7

700
+7.325 TOC

10100
other bespoke analyses
MSB1 MSB1
MB1 C4 C3

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA

8225
1175 1025
GROUND FLOOR
+2.000 TOC +2.000 TOC

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


+1.700 SSL +1.925 SSL +1.700 SSL
700

500
300

225
225

300

550
325 +1.150 SSL

550
475
GB16 GB17

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties

400
4425

3700
BASEMENT 1 C2 C2 3000x3000x650 C2
4300

300mm THK WALL 300mm THK WALL

3250
C2 C2 C4 C4 C4 C3
-2.500 SSL DROP SLAB
-3.000 SSL
500

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member 1500 1025
500
500

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed3 SECTION
in following table: S-121 1 : 200

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-201 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-201 1:200 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 SECTION 3
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 2 OF 2)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
62 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
A TA A TA
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the 8400 800 1400

height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
+2.000 TOW +2.000 TOW +2.000 TOW
C6
+1.700 SSL

all disciplines

400 300

400
1100

1800

1800
Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
800 300

• +0.600 SSL +0.600 SSL

+0.200 SSL +0.200 SSL GB11

300

300
400

400
of design approach for walls GB11

400

400

400
800 300
1100

• Attend site during the soil investigation


RW1 RW2
4300

4300
C2
.

2800

2800
.

C6

2300

2300
• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports
RW3 .

-2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction

300
-3.000 SSL

500

500

600
BB1

6100
and the effect on pile design.
500

500
800 300
1100

• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of C6

3500
.

3200
the enabling works and foundations
1 SECTION
1 : 50
2 SECTION
1 : 50 S-121 S-121

• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations -6.300 SSL -6.300 SSL

700

700
• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4
• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines, particularly
3 SECTION
architecture, MEP and landscape architecture S-120 1 : 50

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project


17 18 X13 X14 G
• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 3700 VARIES
8400

+2.350 TOW
+2.000 TOW +2.000 TOW

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses)

650
+1.700 SSL

850
400
+1.150 SSL +1.150 SSL

550
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project 400
GB17

400

400
650
+0.600 SSL
.

+0.200 SSL

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large


300

400

1500 1500
3000
400

4500

RW4

floor plates
.

3000x3000x650
RW5

3800
C2
.

RW6 .

DROP PANEL
3250

3250

3250
C2
2800

C6 W05

Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
.


.
2300

(shrinkage / creep / thermal) -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL
300

300

500

500

500

500
• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
3500

3500

W05 RW4

• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof
W02
. .

5 SECTION 6 SECTION
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure
-6.300 SSL -6.300 SSL
S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50
700

700

4 SECTION
S-120 1 : 50

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-202 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-202 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 RETAINING WALL SECTION
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 1 OF 2)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
63
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
T1
Structural Element T1
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as +1.925 SSL C6
+1.925 SSL +2.000 TOW +1.925 SSL

0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)


.

75
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will Concrete Cores, Shafts and
300

300

300
1100
800

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls
400 400 +0.900 SSL

1725
0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)

2025

300
GB4 .

appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
+0.200 SSL

300
Concrete Columns 0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
4125

4125

4125
RW7 .

C1
RW9 .

C6
.

3100
In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design

2400

2400
RW8 W04

Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


. .

process: -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL -2.500 SSL

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


500

500

500

500

500
Structural Design Software / Approach Description
7 SECTION 8 SECTION RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) 9 SECTION 0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50

PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab
Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 1 3-D Modelling CAD / BIM Platforms
A
by CSI. Dead Loads A and Live Loads are applied uniformly
A
over the raft foundation in
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification of Individual Member 100 300
ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
100 300

spreadsheets and hand calculations. +2.000 TOW


Designs / General post-processing and +2.000 TOW
C3 .

+1.925 SSL
C2
.

75
C2

other bespoke analyses


.

+2.000 TOW
400

We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA

300

300

300
1100

200 200

1325
+0.900 SSL +0.900 SSL

1025
GB3

procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.


.

1425

1800
300

300

800
400 400

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
+0.200 SSL

800
400

400

400
GB6
5000

C2 C2

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
RW10
. . .

RW11 C2

4625
. .

RW12 .
3600

3600

stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per

2800
.

C2 RW13 .

2800

2800
C2

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed -3.000 SSL -3.000 SSL
-3.000 SSL -3.000 SSL

in following table: -3.000 SSL


500

500

500

500

500

500

500
10 SECTION 11 SECTION 12 SECTION 13 SECTION
S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50 S-121 1 : 50

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-203 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-203 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 RETAINING WALL SECTION
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 2 OF 2)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
64 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
• Develop the structural scheme to ensure the structure is aligned throughout the
height of building – with any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines
15 16 17 18 LOADING SCHEDULE
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance
AREA LOADS REMARKS

of design approach for walls A


SDL = 7.5 kPa
WATER TANK (1)

• Attend site during the soil investigation TA LL = 5.00 kPa

SDL = 7.5 kPa

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports TC


WATER TANK (2)
LL = 20.00 kPa

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction PUMP ROOM
SDL = 2.5 kPa

and the effect on pile design.


LL = 7.50 kPa

SDL = 2.5 kPa


1 LOADING PLAN - BASEMENT 2
Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into 1the design of
SERVICE LOBBY

• : 450 S-700 LL = 4.00 kPa

the enabling works and foundations STAIRS


SDL = 0.50 kPa

LL = 4.00 kPa

• Finalise the piling package based on the ACES report and recommendations SDL = 10.00 kPa
MECHANICAL ROOMS

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent of RIBA stage 4 LL = 7.50 kPa

SDL = 0.50 kPa

• Closely coordinate the structural design with other disciplines,


10 11
particularly
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
PARKING & DRIVEWAY
LL = 2.50 kPa

8 9
architecture, MEP and landscape 4architecture
5 6 7 SDL = 3.75 kPa

2 3 A
KERBS

1 LL = 3.00 kPa

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project SDL = 10.00 kPa
TA GENERAL STORAGE

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 200 TB


LL = 8.00 kPa

A
SDL = 3.75 kPa

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses) TC LOBBY


LL = 4.00 kPa
B
TD
• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project GREASE INTERCEPTORS
SDL = 12.5 kPa

C LL = 2.00 kPa

• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large SDL = 8.00 kPa

D
floor plates
MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM
LL = 7.50 kPa

• Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects E SDL = 13.30 kPa
COLD STORAGE
LL = 17.00 kPa

(shrinkage / creep / thermal)


E
F SDL = TBC
LIFT PITS

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy G


LL = TBC

F
• Development of the structural design for the roof feature
G
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at X6theX7core
X8 walls
X9 X10 on
X11 grid
X12 17
X13 at
X14roof
X4 X5
level or for a structure to overcome
X1 X2 the need for a transfer structure
X3

2 LOADING PLAN - BASEMENT 1


S-700 1 : 450

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-700 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-700 1:450 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 LOADING PLAN
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 1 OF 4)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
65
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures under
gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional 10 11
structural 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
5 6 7 8 9
Structural Element
4
be developed using ETABS® software
1 2 by
3 CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of A LOADING SCHEDULE
(cracked section (un-cracked section
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and TA
AREA LOADS

properties)
REMARKS

properties)
SDL = 1.00 kPa

vertical distribution of mass


A
and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as TB
LOADING BAY
LL = 4.00 kPa (TBA)

shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will TC Concrete Cores, Shafts and SDL = 6.60 kPa
0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane) 1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
B STORAGE 1
TD
be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls LL = 7.20 kPa

0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


appropriate section modifiers. All 3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks.
SDL = 13.50 kPa
C STORAGE 2
LL = 11.20 kPa

D
Concrete Columns SDL = 3.40 kPa
0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
CORRIDOR - LOBBY

In general, the following software will be used during the various stages of the design LL = 4.00 kPa

E Concrete Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


process: RETAIL
SDL = 7.00 kPa

F LL = 4.00 kPa

E
Coupling (Link) Beams SDL = 7.20 kPa 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
G
OFFICES 1

Structural Design SoftwareF / Approach Description LL = 2.50 kPa

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) SDL = 5.50 kPa


0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
G OFFICES 2

ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design
X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
LL = 2.50 kPa

X4 X5 X6 X7 PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) SDL = 10.20 kPa 0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig


X2 X3 TOILETS

SAFE® V14 X1 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab LL = 2.00 kPa

3 LOADING PLAN - GROUND FLOOR


Analysis
SDL = 12.50 kPa

Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
1 : 450
S-701 MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL 1
LL = 7.50 kPa

AutoCAD® and Revit® 2017 3-D Modelling


10 11CAD / BIM
12 13 14 Platforms
15 16 17 18 by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in
MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL 2
SDL = 1.00 kPa

9 8
7
accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
LL = 4.00 kPa

5 6
3 4
Webb Yates & Esther - in-house Engineers’
2 Verification of Individual Member A SDL = 7.60 kPa
1
ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure. KITCHEN
LL = 3.00 kPa

spreadsheets and hand calculations. Designs / General post-processing and TA SDL = 4.00 kPa

other bespoke analyses


ALL DAY DINNING

A TB
We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA LL = 2.00 kPa

TC SDL = 3.40 kPa

B TD
procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
KIDS PLAY
LL = 2.00 kPa

For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties SDL = 18.50 kPa
C POOL AREA

shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member LL = 2.00 kPa

D
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
SDL = 13.00 kPa
DECKING & LANDSCAPE
LL = 2.00 kPa

recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed E
SDL = 3.40 kPa

in following table:
TEAM DINNING

F LL = 3.50 kPa

E
SDL = 9.60 kPa

G
CHANGING & PRAYER ROOM

F LL = 3.00 kPa

SDL = 3.60 kPa

G GYM
LL = 5.00 kPa

X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14


X5 X6
X3 X4
X1 X2
4 LOADING PLAN - MEZZANINE FLOOR
S-701 1 : 450

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-701 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-701 1:450 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 LOADING PLAN
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 2 OF 4)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
66 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
5.0 Key Design Items to be Addressed During the Next Stage
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
8 9
• Develop the structural scheme to 4ensure
5 6 the structure is aligned throughout the
7
2 3 A
height of building – with
1 any evolution of design captured and co-ordinated with
all disciplines TA
LOADING SCHEDULE
A TB
• Liaise with Engineer of Record (EoR) and RAK municipality to confirm acceptance TC AREA LOADS REMARKS

of design approach for walls


B
TD F&B
SDL = 4.40 kPa

LL = 2.00 kPa

• Attend site during the soil investigation C SDL = 8.00 kPa


TERRACE

• Review both factual and interpretive soil reports D


LL = 4.00 kPa

SDL = 3.40 kPa

• Ascertain the do-nothing vs soil improvement to mitigate against liquefaction E


CORRIDOR - LOBBY
LL = 4.00 kPa

and the effect on pile design. SDL = 7.00 kPa

F GUEST ROOM

E
• Implement findings and recommendations of the soils report in into the design of
LL = 2.00 kPa

G SDL = 2.00 kPa

the enabling works andF foundations BALCONY


LL = 4.00 kPa

• Finalise the piling package


G based on the ACES report and recommendations MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL 1
SDL = 6.80 kPa

X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 LL = 7.50 kPa

• Develop the structural design to the equivalent


X3 X4 X5 of RIBA stage 4 X6
SDL = 10.20 kPa

X1 X2 TOILETS

• Closely coordinate the structural design with


5 other
LOADING
1 : 450
PLAN disciplines,
- LEVEL 01 particularly S-702
LL = 2.00 kPa

architecture, MEP and landscape architecture


SDL = 1.00 kPa
STAIR
LL = 4.00 kPa

• Develop and finalise the waterproofing system for the project SDL = 9.90 kPa

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
PANTRY

8 9 LL = 3.00 kPa

• Develop the BIM to Level of Detail 4200 5 6 7


3
SDL = 6.10 kPa
2 A
1
STORE

• Development of project specification (Standard Clauses) LL = 6.80 kPa

TA SDL = 8.00 kPa

• Detailed design of all structural elements for the project TB


INACCESSIBLE ROOF
LL = 1.50 kPa
A
• Detailed analysis of long-term effects (shrinkage / creep / thermal) on the large TC FACADE 1 SDL = 6.60 kN/m

B
floor plates TD
SDL = 16.50 kN/m

Detailed study of the basement and ground floor slabs for long-term effects
FACADE 2

• C

(shrinkage / creep / thermal) D FACADE 3 SDL = 10.30 kN/m

• Development of the structural design for the entrance canopy E


FACADE 4 SDL = 10.30 kN/m

• Development of the structural design for the roof feature F


E
• Develop the design for the transfer structure at the core walls on grid 17 at roof FACADE 5 SDL = 11.70 kN/m

G
F
level or for a structure to overcome the need for a transfer structure PARAPET SDL = 1.30 kN/m

G
X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14
X5 X6
X3 X4
X1 X2
6 LOADING PLAN - LEVEL 02
S-702 1 : 450

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-702 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-702 1:450 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 LOADING PLAN
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 3 OF 4)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HILTON- HAMPTON
HAMPTON HOTEL
BY HILTON - RAK
23
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
67
STRUCTURE-- SCHEMATIC
SCHEMATIC DESIGN
DESIGN REPORT
REPORT
4. METHODOLOGY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Reduction in Member Stiffness
For the evaluation of the structural response and performance of the structures 12 13 14 15 under
16 17 18

gravity, wind and earthquake loads, three-dimensional structural finite element models will Under Seismic Loads Under Wind Loads
Structural Element
be developed using ETABS® software by CSI. The models shall incorporate all elements of (cracked section (un-cracked section
TA
the lateral and vertical load resisting system and accurately represent the spatial and properties) properties)
TB
vertical distribution of mass and stiffness of all structural elements. Walls will be modelled as TC
LOADING SCHEDULE

TA
shell elements, columns as frame elements and the slabs as membrane elements. Slabs will TD Concrete Cores, Shafts and
AREA LOADS
0.70 Ec Ig (in-plane)
REMARKS
1.00 Ec Ig (in-plane)
TB
SDL = 7.00 kPa

be modelled as shell elements with corresponding effective thickness using the Walls
GUEST ROOM

0.35 Ec Ig (out-of-plane) 0.50 Ec Ig (out-of-plane)


TC T13T14
LL = 2.00 kPa

appropriate section modifiers. AllTD3-D analysis will include P-Delta checks. T12 SDL = 2.00 kPa

T11 BALCONY

T10 Concrete Columns LL = 4.00 kPa


0.7 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
T9
T1
SDL = 3.40 kPa
T8
In general, the following software will be
T2 used
T3 T4 during the various stages of the design CORRIDOR - LOBBY

T5 T6
T7
Concrete Beams LL = 4.00 kPa
0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig
process: SDL = 1.00 kPa

7 LOADING PLAN - LEVEL 04 TO 9 (TYPICAL FLOORS) STAIR

Coupling (Link) Beams 0.35 Ec Ig 1.00 Ec Ig


LL = 4.00 kPa
S-703 1 : 450
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 SDL = 9.80 kPa

Structural Design Software / Approach Description LIGHT MECHANICAL &


ELECTRICAL
LL = 3.50 kPa

RC Floor Slabs (for flexure) SDL = 7.50 kPa


0.25 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
ETABS® V16 / Robot V21 / GSA 3-D FEA Building Analysis & Design HEAVY MECHANICAL &
ELECTRICAL
LL = 7.50 kPa
TA
PT Floor Slabs (for flexure) SDL = 8.00 kPa
0.35 Ec Ig 0.50 Ec Ig
TB
SAFE® V14 2-D FEA Raft Foundation and Slab ACCESSIBLE ROOF
LL = 1.50 kPa
TC
TA Analysis
Raft foundations will be modelled using shell element assignments in the SAFE® software
SDL = 22.00 kPa
TD WATER TANK

TB LL = 1.50 kPa

AutoCAD® and Revit®TC2017 3-D Modelling CAD / T13


BIM
T14 Platforms by CSI. Dead Loads and Live Loads are applied uniformly over the raft foundation in SDL = 8.00 kPa
MEP ROOF

TD T11
T12 accordance to the Loading Criteria, in addition to the support reactions imported from
LL = 1.50 kPa

Webb Yates & Esther - Engineers’ in-house Verification T10


of Individual Member ETABS® structural analysis for the superstructure.
T9 FACADE 1 SDL = 11.60 kN/m

spreadsheets and hand calculations.


T1 T2
T3
Designs / T8General post-processing and
T4 T7
T5 T6 other bespoke analyses We ensure that any analysis model is checked independently as part of a rigorous QA
PARAPET SDL = 1.30 kN/m

8 LOADING PLAN - LEVEL 10


S-703 1 : 450 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 procedure and key portions verified by hand calculations.
For the structural analysis of concrete elements un-cracked member stiffness properties
shall be assigned for walls and columns under wind load cases and cracked member
TA
stiffness for walls, columns and beams under seismic loading cases, as per
TB
recommendations of the ACI 318 Section 10.10.4 with section modification ratios listed TC
in following table: TA
TD
TB
TC T13T14
T12
TD T11
T10
T9
T1 T2 T8
T3 T4 T7
T5 T6

9 LOADING PLAN - ROOF


S-703 1 : 450

ISSUE HISTORY REVISION HISTORY LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SUBCONSULTANT MAIN CONSULTANT CLIENT DRAWING REFERENCE REVISION ORIENTATION PROJECT:

PURPOSE OF ISSUE REV. DATE AUTHORIZED REV. DESCRIPTION DRAWN DATE AUTHORIZED
1. THIS DRAWING IS THE COPYRIGHT OF WEBB YATES & ESTHER - ENGINEERS SHALL NOT BE
RETAINED, USED OR COPIED WITHOUT THE ABOVE CONSULTANT'S AUTHORITY. S-703 A HILTON HAMPTON HOTEL
SCHEMATIC DESIGN A JAN 2018 WYEE 2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER TO PROJECT NOTES, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
LAYOUT NO. SCALE RAS AL KHAIMAH-UAE
3. DO NOT SCALE FROM THE DRAWINGS.
MOHAMED RUQAIT REAL ESTATE
4. THE DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL OTHER ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
WYE.D1113-SC-S-703 1:450 SHEET SIZE DRAWING TITLE:

A1
5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ISSUE DATE: JANUARY 2018 PLOT 2C003 LOADING PLAN
6. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL SETTING OUT OR ANY P.O. Box 21860, Ras Al Khaimah, United Arab Emirates (SHEET 4 0F 4)
OTHER DISCIPLINES MUST BE BROUGHT THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER. DRAWN RS CHECKED MJE AUTHZ. WYE
Tel: 00-971-7-236-2221

HAMPTON
HILTON-BYHAMPTON
HILTON - RAK
HOTEL
22
68 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
STRUCTURE- SCHEMATIC -DESIGN
SCHEMATIC DESIGN REPORT
REPORT

Potrebbero piacerti anche